tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-64291218460324291582021-12-01T22:06:14.293-06:00Mrs Balius: Teaching Resources to ShareMrsBaliushttp://www.blogger.com/profile/06123313664217062086noreply@blogger.comBlogger97125tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-74728780751357157602021-12-01T22:05:00.000-06:002021-12-01T22:05:40.927-06:00Holiday Math Activities Your Students Will LoveAre you feeling the stress yet? This time of year can be crazy, to say the least. It's hard to prepare meaningful lessons and then actually get to teach them in between all of the holiday festivities and interruptions. It's always best to have a plan but remember, it's also good to be flexible. Bring a little holiday cheer to your math lessons with holiday math resources your students will love. <div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgQvQPljqv2HSPrImJbvXwkgDaYg79nwA5euPEG-7Y4EYXRFazmY-WjgF48MxE6mmvumAzHVgQGjR9TwTPMPXwqLOkPprnJVl9n-K-y-imsOsZOofmno0MHcIXNf7ktAvd8q5GtNRzz9vdDSfNQU1KwceLEEyChTQRtn8WAWTNGA9kH3TCH9qGIl--4rw=s2048" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgQvQPljqv2HSPrImJbvXwkgDaYg79nwA5euPEG-7Y4EYXRFazmY-WjgF48MxE6mmvumAzHVgQGjR9TwTPMPXwqLOkPprnJVl9n-K-y-imsOsZOofmno0MHcIXNf7ktAvd8q5GtNRzz9vdDSfNQU1KwceLEEyChTQRtn8WAWTNGA9kH3TCH9qGIl--4rw=w640-h360" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><div>These holiday math resources are effective and engaging, so the kids always love them. I like to take my "regular" lessons and add a little bit of holiday fun to them. This helps to tap into my kiddo's excitement and keep them focused during those last few crazy weeks of school before the holidays begin. We need all the help we can get this time of year, so here's my gift to you... holiday math resources that will make your December math practice fun and exciting for your students. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Number of the Day</h2><div>If you've been around for a little while you have probably noticed my love for Number of the Day activities. These holiday math activities featuring the number of the day are the perfect way to develop and reinforce number sense in your classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div>Students are provided opportunities to recognize numbers, write numbers, and apply numbers with holiday-themed worksheets they love to complete. You can also be sure all of your math standards are being met with these holiday math activities. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Christmas-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-955008?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="374" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjCgLZP0CK1hAgBRNVx_ORLE76-eEzw8cSsJQqJVTBK6aCUjOZwZ8Qp_4VFuWaNq_MAFDQ0jTjpmW8L9GZ9oPSOnx5XrcpnTXHbZoCOm0QUx89uDTCXSTJhvkkN6boJwjpi4O-YNpUaITRKILjiP_xZJK1ZppxkdWewnxXAZSs9cYJEkdBQtjRn-k3U6Q=w374-h374" width="374" /></a></div><div>You can incorporate number of the day activities into your daily routine in several different ways. </div><div><br /></div><div>One of my favorite ways to do this is with morning work. At the beginning of the year, I establish a routine with my students. They come in, unpack, and immediately get out their Number of the Day folder and get busy. </div><div><br /></div><div>We start our morning by completing the worksheet together as a class. I like to ask for student volunteers to help solve the problems or write the numbers on the whiteboard. </div><div><br /></div><div>Because we are reviewing information, this is a great opportunity for me to do a quick informal assessment of my students. This helps me know which skills I need to reteach and when it's time to move on to a new skill. I can also use the information to set up small group practice for students if I need to. </div><div><br /></div><div>If you are excited to try out some amazing <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Christmas-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-955008?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">December Number of the Day</a> </b>activities, be sure to visit my Teachers Pay Teachers store.<b> </b>You will love the ease of these no-prep printable worksheets that are also available in digital form! They are great for morning work or math centers. Your kiddos will love the holiday themes sprinkled throughout the activities. </div><div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">Looking for number of the day activities for every season? The <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-First-Grade-Place-Value-Activities-Number-Sense-Bundle-1084852?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">First Grade Number of the Day Year Long Bundle</a> has it all! </div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-First-Grade-Place-Value-Activities-Number-Sense-Bundle-1084852?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhOGA7pMYslwC4qILXH7jBW7vaYJRjcAGn3PNBXZTJ_z_uGpY1IRGmiQ280rOzanQkCf2vVPxECbJij0S62KaZL5zM0T4b1lgE-xiW8SnIzzKwptlGhScXtaDlCXWz9MuYRcUzczluuDrbRqTTGAvK_YV2-V792hqDHVbdfE5CtuScpoa_H7bK7FOd-Aw=s320" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Mega Math Practice</h2><div>I'm not sure how you set up your math block, but mine consists of daily use of Number of the Day and targeted math skill practice that lines up with our current topic. You can take a peek inside my math block <b><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/07/inside-my-math-block.html" target="_blank">here</a> </b>where I<b> </b>explain everything step by step. </div><div><br /></div><div>Mega Math Practice is a comprehensive math resource that includes every CCSS math standards in all 4 strands. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Christmas-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-955008?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="374" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEiWr-0nvVzdhghj4co7YC8rCxo9_73pbr0_jc5UGaxor-_rwttU0PPTOsh5R9USAftP0lNTEGdAR7M5a09ZglatWIJt6nE_T6JFaMTVWOkUVEjxeqY8nZU88od5fFCD5WinmNiraJclKFd1xralM-uJKBbi08sLjPXWpN3hZNMic3zPf9hadJRjRoLNWQ=w374-h374" width="374" /></a></div><div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><ul style="line-height: 1.4; list-style: initial; margin: 0.5em 0px; padding: 0px 2.5em;"><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Numbers and Base Ten</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Geometry</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Measurement and Data</li></ul>It is jam-packed with over 430 pages of digital and print practice activities for your students. There's more than enough for students to have guided practice and independent practice for ALL YEAR LONG! </div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">They are completely adaptable and can be used in a variety of ways. I love to use them for guided practice, independent practice, math centers, homework, and small group work. </div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">What's even better than Mega Math Practice? Holiday Mega Math Practice of course! Here are some of my favorite Mega Math Practice holiday resources.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Christmas-Math-Activities-Making-Ten-to-Add-1OA6a-First-Grade-Worksheets-1600215?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Making 10 to Add</a></b></li><li><b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Christmas-Math-Activities-Counting-On-Holiday-1OA5-5052863?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Counting on and Counting Back</a></b></li><li><b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Holiday-Math-Word-Problems-Activities-Christmas-Pt-Pt-Whole-Worksheets-1st-Gr-6299315?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Word Problems</a></b></li><li><b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Activities-Properties-of-Operations-Worksheets-Winter-1OA3-1603197?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Properties and Operations</a></b></li></ul><div>These holiday themed skills practice activities are a great way to review and practice important math skills with a fun, holiday twist. Be sure to check them all out in my <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Mega-Math-Practice-Seasonal-Units-546779?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">store</a></b>! You can even grab this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Year Long Bundle</a> which includes almost 2,000 pages of first-grade number sense activities! </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEiJf49ItimjUejIYlAyA1H1r342_N0p9M0bgLsJze8FvEEOYl2SBY7hKf1XhyoeG5Bu4fIcv3ix0o4PScZ4h0MuljNaIBPvya9xuFcJVa1oDfMXqAa1EB3ToiqyEGDRvDxdUKsiJSy8RPxPCSHc-oMHNE-GqdUCFQLFhvAVCnC39JcnVecy7ELAuoa1SA=s320" width="320" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Try it Out for Free!</h2><div>As a special holiday treat, I want to give you the chance to try out Mega Math Practice skills practice for <b>FREE</b>!!! This <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Making-Ten-to-Add-Holiday-FREEBIE-Mega-Math-Practice-CCSS-1OA6A-1607131?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Making 10 to Add </a></b>holiday resource gives your students 3 fun pages of holiday math activities they are sure to love. </div><div><br /></div><div>While working through these fun mega math practice problems, students will "make ten" by breaking apart a smaller number and then adding the remainder of the broken-apart number to a ten. It's a great way for students to get in some practice in a fun and engaging way.</div><div><br /></div><div>This unit is aligned with all of the common core standards so you don't have to worry about a thing! Your kiddos will love the holiday theme so much that they won't even realize that they're learning! Be sure to grab it <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Making-Ten-to-Add-Holiday-FREEBIE-Mega-Math-Practice-CCSS-1OA6A-1607131?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">here</a></b>! <div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Making-Ten-to-Add-Holiday-FREEBIE-Mega-Math-Practice-CCSS-1OA6A-1607131?utm_source=Mrs.%20Balius&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Holiday%20Math%20Activities" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEj6Ef-7WWRBXopT5OfDImlUaFT_BAQd9QyL-eGID0sb5Yut-lXfTYbu06W0PqwdKh0ipQ0F5YuoDI7cIGtCh8XMgRkvsyxUkBQQWLK7xBsRw8Y6u8C2m_Cji2jgQqMpO0qZuZyICo4Dqg8fTuwhL0MwaB3Yb6vQ1yZi3CV3J71B4Al256e8KCIP9cTRoQ=s320" width="320" /></a></div></div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">You've got Holiday Math Activities Your Students Will Love</h2><div><br /></div><div>I bet you are feeling really excited to get started on these fun holiday math activities with your students. These holiday math resources help to get you and your students in the spirit and take some of your stress away. </div><div><br /></div><div>Try to sit back and enjoy the chaos! There are magical moments that happen within all of the crazy.</div><div><p style="background-color: white; background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: #222222; font-family: "Proxima Nova", "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0px; min-height: 1.3em; padding: 0px;"></p><h2 style="background-color: white; background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: #222222; font-family: "Proxima Nova", "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0px; min-height: 1.3em; padding: 0px; text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin It!</h2><div>Be sure to save this pin to your favorite holiday board so you'll never be scrambling for a holiday resource again.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgzAekCeFAMzE6hVPr-yFi0UP2CGIbqVKgSfkQqrkYGNq0lopdzzktYEoGNz9p5mS4fs5QIltm-PpEH5GI1DwkNfjSkJlohRDXD7a-werX2rmuOo5hd2zjLqIEOp6NUkFB6QSJCQlJbQw3vzCwiFjtL3JUDQW7CpWVgD0qbty1DoDCM5YagduLXVplIcg=s1500" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="388" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgzAekCeFAMzE6hVPr-yFi0UP2CGIbqVKgSfkQqrkYGNq0lopdzzktYEoGNz9p5mS4fs5QIltm-PpEH5GI1DwkNfjSkJlohRDXD7a-werX2rmuOo5hd2zjLqIEOp6NUkFB6QSJCQlJbQw3vzCwiFjtL3JUDQW7CpWVgD0qbty1DoDCM5YagduLXVplIcg=w258-h388" width="258" /></a></div></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-33972184798840832382021-11-07T13:48:00.000-06:002021-11-07T13:48:34.875-06:00First Grade Thanksgiving Math ActivitiesThe holidays are near. This brings about a crazy, busy season that can be stressful both inside and outside of the classroom. The kids are excited about the upcoming festivities and breaks from school, and we as teachers are too. Try to focus on that excitement by bringing in some seasonal fun into your lessons. This will make it much more enjoyable for everyone involved. Here are some of my favorite first grade Thanksgiving math activities.<div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgETPd9NT1w28B9Fe10CNpcfYB52fytocj16KG-sb1N7Yt1fR8DOp4P10MXup7fZDqskVqo5wB7W39Naov5YyyyFoh_q1pDG5hNqoD9JQOEEks23zQaIFOBDAhfAL-YpRBN9ai1rcL-qAOThPyL1Ytt-6mqEDRbAzQKMwKWYNYPt9pGKg77uwyeBAsUOA=s2048" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Engage your students with skills based math practice with these Thanksgiving themed math activities for first grade" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgETPd9NT1w28B9Fe10CNpcfYB52fytocj16KG-sb1N7Yt1fR8DOp4P10MXup7fZDqskVqo5wB7W39Naov5YyyyFoh_q1pDG5hNqoD9JQOEEks23zQaIFOBDAhfAL-YpRBN9ai1rcL-qAOThPyL1Ytt-6mqEDRbAzQKMwKWYNYPt9pGKg77uwyeBAsUOA=w640-h360" title="Thanksgiving Math for 1st grade" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">First Grade Math</h2></div><div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEicBL35ToXCBsYa45WCzxlO-fviDC2UMHGo98aeviKRBQ_ITBt7H4OZCJQSlpYko_Y44-Q2-kNpjBfHEwHNQsTQowfP9pAOPH9dd0nig7-yfuFJl7Vq5F5VYqRlVVMR2fomK7y7PNnGz6p1Bq_C6BIgXT5zKI0uy3kRaKsmLJgBywyPf6iTSQlRe4EsZg=s1080" imageanchor="1" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="Thanksgiving Number of the Day Activities for kindergarten and first grade" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="374" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEicBL35ToXCBsYa45WCzxlO-fviDC2UMHGo98aeviKRBQ_ITBt7H4OZCJQSlpYko_Y44-Q2-kNpjBfHEwHNQsTQowfP9pAOPH9dd0nig7-yfuFJl7Vq5F5VYqRlVVMR2fomK7y7PNnGz6p1Bq_C6BIgXT5zKI0uy3kRaKsmLJgBywyPf6iTSQlRe4EsZg=w374-h374" title="thanksgiving number of the day" width="374" /></a></div>First grade math is a major time of growth and development for your students. You'll begin the year reviewing kindergarten skills, and then you'll quickly move into new and exciting things. First grade math focuses on four main standards:</div><div><div><ul><li>Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li>Number and Operations in Base Ten</li><li>Measurement Data</li><li>Geometry</li></ul></div><div>While covering these standards you'll teach a variety of skills like addition and subtraction strategies, place value, telling time, measurement, graphs, and 3D shapes. Repetition and fluency are super important for success. Just be sure to change up your teaching methods and strategies so your students don't get bored. You can really have a lot of fun here to increase engagement. I love to use the holidays and seasonal fun to amp up my math lessons. These are some of my favorite Thanksgiving math activities. </div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">First Grade Thanksgiving Math Activities</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEi_FeCNrwgl4KLBSOUrni6pQWcLqbdPw1BtNw2tIF0irStaXvsK-sIWxykhH3Ybrztau10kB8kyRI9q3ONpxVfMx_MNNhfUe9um9KoDNAroB-BH5m9EG1DCdBN8_cupSpMct5tYOVXMkftgZqxbqd1pr5_C-4O6bvOczvMBJNYBVRGCyH2CZ1a7-syZAQ=s1080" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Thanksgiving number of the day for number 46 - perfect for 1st grade" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="382" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEi_FeCNrwgl4KLBSOUrni6pQWcLqbdPw1BtNw2tIF0irStaXvsK-sIWxykhH3Ybrztau10kB8kyRI9q3ONpxVfMx_MNNhfUe9um9KoDNAroB-BH5m9EG1DCdBN8_cupSpMct5tYOVXMkftgZqxbqd1pr5_C-4O6bvOczvMBJNYBVRGCyH2CZ1a7-syZAQ=w382-h382" title="thanksgiving number of the day 46" width="382" /></a></div>We start celebrating Thanksgiving in my classroom on the first day of November. I like to implement this seasonal fun in all content areas. I find that tapping into their holiday excitement helps to keep them focused. Otherwise, I'm constantly fighting against them to keep their attention. Math is the perfect place to slide in some Thanksgiving fun. </div><div><br /></div><div>It's easy to do by incorporating things like Pilgrims, pumpkin pie, turkeys, and all things Thanksgiving. Just sprinkle the fun here in there on activities and your kiddos will stay engaged throughout the month. It's a win win for everyone!</div><div><br /></div><div>Here are some fun first grade Thanksgiving math activities that will get your students excited about learning for the entire month of November.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Thanksgiving Number Lines</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Number-Line-Worksheets-First-Grade-1OA5-5026748?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Thanksgiving themed number line activities for counting, addition and subtraction" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="381" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhDZfROzO23cdJXdJ8rRWyQ2IFaKWEcaX5ZcDYu5p5brti82JAYssScS8bWkiRTAro6MNX3GA9ZXv-G9caenv6RhQ9qX9ml1u_AfV1O20ZplwH6mR682SkKjtQsQKTkNvnVmgDcCYdWdHaSAGCb2iu-C7yFhDFIt8c9imRAv3DgO-snfkK-mV5SaMg1Ww=w381-h381" title="Thanksgiving number line" width="381" /></a></div>I love using number lines to help my students with a variety of math skills. I always like to have a large one displayed on the board or somewhere in the classroom for everyone to see. It's also a great idea to have a small one on the top of each student desk.</div><div><br /></div><div><div>I love to use number lines to practice number sense and counting related skills. They are also a great tool for helping students learn about the concepts of addition and subtraction and relating them to counting forwards and backwards. They provide a great visual representation for students to use while mastering the standards. </div><div><br /></div><div>This <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Number-Line-Worksheets-First-Grade-1OA5-5026748?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Digital Thanksgiving Number Line</a></b> resource focuses on counting on and counting back. It is very important to understand how addition and subtraction relate to this skill in order to understand operations and algebraic reasoning.</div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div>This unit contains 36 pages jam packed with number line fun. I use these pages during the "written math practice" portion of our math class. They are also great to be used in any type of learning situation. They'll work for homework and early finishers too. </div><div><br /></div><div>Grab a sneak peak of the whole unit with this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Number-Lines-Counting-On-and-Counting-Back-FREE-PREVIEW-5026778?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">FREE Number Line </a></b>activity.</div></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Number-Lines-Counting-On-and-Counting-Back-FREE-PREVIEW-5026778?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Free Thanksgiving Number Line resource" border="0" data-original-height="766" data-original-width="764" height="368" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEg4uKKirbydj34NCSxBQnWt75DFtCy2nGSxSHG8jwnfBydG-kF_zxRpbPlQf_rWrbCKN7PrjWTaCO9qzOXRVVoufHGwFoYWp1prIxxQB9yvLlNubGHWDrssnFddrGWMxkVl9PUoQ94vF1c6ixVV11AszWFiNgwhz7_Usvjlw9PsreW6WJnB4de_POGgCA=w367-h368" title="free thanksgiving number line" width="367" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Making 10 to Add - Thanksgiving Fun</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Making-Ten-to-Add-1OA6A-5019230?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="363" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgp1GTTdJe_JBD5cP3U5gcWSGpY73Su-DRgLSNaXoZh4G4Gz1n3mrhLb8xEU0PZrgsTejAw7AZkkWOavZLaP3-7wT-N1xRklbn38eHYqzBOEu24DDfrDBGdGy-wd01njPyZG-Ubi17EmGu3rwX65VfTF5TEgAi-jAevEDQ7ZFEgrWzTtZrkujTDE8f2MA=w363-h363" width="363" /></a></div>We know that we need to cover the standard for counting on and making 10 to add. It's a great strategy to help students with addition using the concept of ten. It not only helps with addition but mental math too! </div><div><br /></div><div>But how should we do it? Well, there's no better way to practice that than with this<b> <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Making-Ten-to-Add-1OA6A-5019230?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Making 10 Thanksgiving</a></b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Making-Ten-to-Add-1OA6A-5019230?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank"> </a>resource. It includes over 20 pages of practice with a Thanksgiving theme.</div><div><br /></div><div>Your students will enjoy themselves while mastering this standard. Students will have lots of opportunities to work on the making ten to add strategy using using ten frames as a guide and then without. Your students will love the printable or digital activities to practice this math strategy. </div><div><br /></div><div>It will take practice, practice, and more practice, but they'll be up for the challenge with all of the Thanksgiving fun. This resource is great to use for small groups in math rotations, guided practice, homework, or for early finishers.</div></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Color My Math</h2><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Thanksgiving-Math-Coloring-Place-Value-Google-Forms-Slides-Bundle-6264651?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Kids always love these color my math digital activities." data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-8hjcTl5HLzY/YXlan5_BFHI/AAAAAAAAL8Y/aJTmnBbU0oot4S9hZPAgT_Y0khTISGkMgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/4.png" title="Color my math" width="320" /></a>My kids always enjoy digital activities. Especially when they are creating something. That's why this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Color-By-Number-Digital-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-and-Slides-6221835?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank"><b>Thanksgiving</b> <b>Digital Color My Math</b></a> resource is perfect for November. It will allow you to review first grade place value in a fun and engaging way. </div><div><br /></div><div>You'll get 2 different Thanksgiving themed pictures: cornucopia and a turkey. Each picture contains 5-10 place value questions that your students will work though. After each correct answer, a portion of the picture will be colored. My students absolutely love seeing the picture come to life. </div><div><br /></div><div>I love that the resource is completely flexible with two different options for your students. The resource gives immediate feedback, is interactive, and self-correcting. It doesn't get much better than that. Check out my <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Thanksgiving-Math-Coloring-Place-Value-Google-Forms-Slides-Bundle-6264651?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Color My Math Thanksgiving Bundle here</a></b>.</div><div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Thanksgiving Number of the Day Activities</h2><div><b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-945827?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank"></a><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-945827?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank"></a><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-Number-of-the-Day-945827?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="391" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEgMkLxSPXoPaz_8wXWugAxgJ2cMdjz3W9w2Er7K4i2q-vfXolnsg6fOJf2G_P_ANizXmRQR8IQhMgSULU1PEMh_PosW5wn3EztLcVXRG0RZXqZDKMtxOemTCY60jMK-hj-oLBE_xzfcRMOE9QyH1_3pJWDjK1cMrj_GzJyDygeIl6nTYKyLGn2ZKSx1Uw=w391-h391" width="391" /></a></div><br />Number of the Day</b> is a great way to have your students practice number sense. They are perfect to use as morning work or bell ringers for your math lesson. </div><div><br /></div><div>After a few days your students will quickly learn the constant pattern of these worksheets as they develop strong number sense skills all month long. The great news is that they are no prep! So all you have to do is print and copy them for a quick and easy Thanksgiving math activity.</div><div><br /></div><div>Mix it up a little by adding the digital version to your math centers. Your students will stay highly engaged while practicing some Thanksgiving math fun. This digital version also makes the resource great for hybrid and distance learning.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Grab These Thanksgiving Resources and More</h2><div>What I love about all of these Thanksgiving activities is that I know my students are working on skills and standards with some Thanksgiving fun thrown in. If you're looking for even more Thanksgiving activities for your classroom, be sure to check out my TPT store <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:thanksgiving?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">here</a></b>. I have a ton of engaging resources you and your students will love. Don't forget to grab the <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Thanksgiving-Number-Lines-Counting-On-and-Counting-Back-FREE-PREVIEW-5026778?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=First%20Grade%20Thanksgiving%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">FREE Thanksgiving Number Line</a></b> activity while you're there.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">I hope these first grade Thanksgiving math activities get you excited about this month. I know you and your students will enjoy incorporating the season into your math lessons.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Thanksgiving Math Activities</h2><div>Be sure to save these activities to your favorite Thanksgiving board so you are ready to hit the ground running. You'll be so glad you did.</div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEirvKipVqzgg10m1w7rNHWP6BX9gY8yxtCr-98jphNAK9jJsTMNZ0tvMPmBxvrIoIb1DhcfYgMnUZBSqAyLnaGXh47aF3gXT83zBuCWV0Xmedc9JF91aP8rPlAdOyv7zGW1wkvc13aexSyofTAF9tueD24tGDaxfGDT5m4npk4n1wYK0EtEfIaVlQzj0Q=s1500" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Engage your students with the Thanksgiving holiday while reviewing important math skills." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="407" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEirvKipVqzgg10m1w7rNHWP6BX9gY8yxtCr-98jphNAK9jJsTMNZ0tvMPmBxvrIoIb1DhcfYgMnUZBSqAyLnaGXh47aF3gXT83zBuCWV0Xmedc9JF91aP8rPlAdOyv7zGW1wkvc13aexSyofTAF9tueD24tGDaxfGDT5m4npk4n1wYK0EtEfIaVlQzj0Q=w271-h407" title="First Grade Math for Thanksgiving" width="271" /></a></div><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-59036926668985970282021-10-24T20:48:00.002-05:002021-10-24T20:48:36.456-05:00Fun First Grade Halloween Math Activities<div style="text-align: left;"><p style="text-align: left;">Fall is such a fun season. We welcome the cooler air, the change of the leaves, and nights spent by the fire. Fall is also the beginning of the holiday season. Halloween is first up on the list. I love to celebrate for the entire month of October to really get my kids in the spirit. There are so many fun, spooky ways to amp up your lessons. Decorating your classroom can really set the mood for all of your Halloween fun too! Let's dive right into some fun first grade Halloween math activities. </p><p style="text-align: left;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: left;"></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-Vvxd-rNn7go/YWc3xF5mqPI/AAAAAAAAL0A/VlMq-Zmj2bsAOaNp5hmYMTsy7foBxaRLgCLcBGAsYHQ/Halloween%2BMath%2BActivities%2BHeader.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Grab these fun first grade math Halloween activities for your classroom." data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-Vvxd-rNn7go/YWc3xF5mqPI/AAAAAAAAL0A/VlMq-Zmj2bsAOaNp5hmYMTsy7foBxaRLgCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Halloween%2BMath%2BActivities%2BHeader.png" title="Halloween math activities" width="640" /></a></div><br /><p></p><h2 style="text-align: left;">First Grade Math</h2><div>Teaching first grade math can be exciting. There are many new skills to introduce and reinforce throughout the year along with old skills to review. The four main first grade math standards include:</div><div><br /></div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li>Number and Operations in Base Ten</li><li>Measurement Data</li><li>Geometry</li></ul></div><div><br /></div><div>You should focus most of your instructional time on addition and subtraction strategies, understanding whole numbers and place value, understanding measurements, and creating geometric shapes. While teaching these skills, it is important to change up your teaching methods to keep your students interested and engaged. This is where the fun comes in! Incorporate holidays into your lessons and your kiddos will be begging for more! These fun Halloween math activities are a few of my favorites. </div><h2>Fun Halloween Math Activities</h2><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega math practice includes tons of math Halloween fun." data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-EVtJsBmPEdA/YWc9T1qA7JI/AAAAAAAAL0Q/0kOJtPpOnHkAhNQnNcLtwfSEjdNKBIUsQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/Halloween%2BMath%2BActivities.png" title="Mega Math Practice" width="400" /></a>Halloween just might be one of the most fun holidays to celebrate. There's something about the spookiness mixed with make believe characters that make this mystical holiday exciting. </div><div><br /></div><div>We know that kids will start planning and counting down for Halloween weeks in advance. The closer it gets, the harder it is for them to focus in the classroom. Instead of fighting against that excitement, I like to use it to help increase engagement. I've found math to be the perfect place to sprinkle in the spooky fun in my classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div>By incorporating fun Halloween themes like pumpkins, bats, spiders, and candy students turn their Halloween excitement into learning excitement. That's a win!</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's some fun Halloween math activities that will keep your students engaged right up to the big day!</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Halloween Problem Solving</h3><p style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Halloween-Math-Word-Problems-Activities-Problem-Solving-Worksheets-4931557?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Celebrating the seasons in math class is fun especially with this Halloween resource." data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="369" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/--ZVaBrp_nlo/YVSD1NOfrFI/AAAAAAAALuI/XnWZSLU51TcqOtDfKCGW9d51nIsDWL2ewCLcBGAsYHQ/w369-h369/4.png" title="Halloween Math Practice" width="369" /></a>The <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Halloween-Math-Word-Problems-Activities-Problem-Solving-Worksheets-4931557?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice" target="_blank"><b>Halloween Problem Solving</b></a> resource is a great place to start. Your students will have fun understanding the different ways in which word problems can be presented. </p><p style="text-align: left;">Practice problems include things like:</p><ul style="color: #222222;"><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Picture Models</span></li><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tell About the Picture</span></li><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Write About the Picture</span></li><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Draw a </span>Picture</li><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Use a Ten Frame</span></li><li><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; color: black; font-size: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Use a Bar Model</span></li></ul><div>Your students will sharpen their critical thinking and problem solving skills with practice problems including<span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: 600; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"> </span><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">joining-sum-</span><span style="color: #222222;">unknown</span><span style="background-repeat: no-repeat; border-style: solid; border-width: 0px; box-sizing: inherit; line-height: inherit; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">, separating-difference-unknown, and part-part-whole-whole-unknown.</span></div></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Place Value- Halloween Style</h3><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Halloween-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-1NBT2-4934116?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Practice place value with some added Halloween elements." data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-9RklKKkZo54/YWc1iX-5ulI/AAAAAAAALzg/VoFzO4GEhScVELVz-rbLd6vAihEqkCSpgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/2.png" title="Halloween Place Value" width="400" /></a>First graders need daily number sense practice, and this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Halloween-Math-Activities-Place-Value-Worksheets-1NBT2-4934116?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Halloween Place Value</a></b> unit gives them just that. They will have the chance to practice understanding place value in several different ways. </div><div><br /></div><div>Your class will dig deeper into numbers and base ten. This will help to build a solid foundation for later when they need to add and subtract two digit numbers. <span face=""Proxima Nova", "Helvetica Neue", Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #222222; font-size: 14px;"> </span></div><div><br /></div><div>These 30 pages of Halloween math activities are perfect for whole group instruction, small group rotations, and even distance learning. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Color My Math</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-HALLOWEEN-Color-by-Code-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Counting-7028439?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEj5-6Tm20UKJGKIfqwobqay5hufausByJNoVYPbK8PTZvIkqeGzDyegZY9W3qYHbn_o1Qv9KeX7HmBjdanlHeDX-vVGsr6n3TNiQz-Old9RuGmElf2d1oJyV-Ffx0AS4jVxArij3fazc6lRVzJqfHuENqMfG3EOCqf6rQMP4J4En8kb7zUUZCEArHBEPw=s320" width="320" /></a></div>I feel like coloring and technology are two of my students favorite things. That's why this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-HALLOWEEN-Color-by-Code-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Counting-7028439?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Digital Halloween Color by Code</a></b> activity is always a hit in my classroom. It reviews counting, counting on, and counting back in a fun and engaging way. </div><div><br /></div><div>Your students will love coloring the haunted house, cauldron, and witch's hat as they practice their math skills. </div><div><br /></div><div>I love using this product because it provides my students with instant feedback. This really helps my students to work independently which frees me up for small group instruction. These digital color by number activities are interactive, self-correcting, and fun! You can choose between the Google Slides or Google Forms version.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Halloween Number Lines</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhAN1dQng_2TumNUXt1I_7EZXpcuNX6ekxIWODi3QXvAjxhK9I0jJ9vRa0d8MQ_Z1VWV01mf7YWlsgVbOV0sXQArGTMBh7d3nUuV56bBmb05T9drTKp_NEE2dPy12Woe10Z5QA64SBPZcMsf2IzHHw1zGs94hgLUtM_QEqgci2qfYp4MgKzI5a8mo9WFw=s350" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhAN1dQng_2TumNUXt1I_7EZXpcuNX6ekxIWODi3QXvAjxhK9I0jJ9vRa0d8MQ_Z1VWV01mf7YWlsgVbOV0sXQArGTMBh7d3nUuV56bBmb05T9drTKp_NEE2dPy12Woe10Z5QA64SBPZcMsf2IzHHw1zGs94hgLUtM_QEqgci2qfYp4MgKzI5a8mo9WFw=s320" width="320" /></a></div>Number lines are a great way to practice number sense and counting related skills. Mastering these important skills will only help students in the future as they begin working on addition and subtraction.</div><div><br /></div><div>Number line completion, skip counting, and counting by 2 using a number line are good skills to focus on. This digital version of <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Halloween-Number-Lines-Google-Slides-Numbers-to-100-6187392?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Halloween Number Lines </a></b>is a one stop shop. I love this resource because it can be used in any type of learning situation. It's great for math centers in the classroom, distance learning, and hybrid situations. </div><div><br /></div><div>This digital unit includes numbers up to 100, so you are able to challenge your higher students. I love that this resource is so hands-on and interactive. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Halloween Math Center</h3><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Halloween-Math-Centers-First-Grade-NBT2-FREEBIE-Math-Puzzles-7331610?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Centers are a great place to add some Halloween fun into your math lesson." data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="360" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-wZL4tz_OLQk/YWc1r9ybwbI/AAAAAAAALzs/bGqY5g-V9FIZ3AkCKBfWmI2bsoQTDGSQQCLcBGAsYHQ/w360-h360/5.png" title="Halloween Centers" width="360" /></a>Almost every first grade math block contains center time. This is where your students work independently and practice all the skills they have been learning. While our students often describe this as fun and play, we as teachers know the importance of giving students opportunities to put the math into practice. This <b>Free</b> <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Halloween-Math-Centers-First-Grade-NBT2-FREEBIE-Math-Puzzles-7331610?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Math Number Sense Center</a></b> is just what you need to complete your centers for the month of October. </div><div><br /></div><div>All you need to do is print, cut, and place them in a baggie for an easy math center. The resource includes:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Two puzzles</li><li>Numbers to 20</li><li>Two different sizes</li><li>Practice tally marks</li><li>Number arrangement practice</li></ul><div>Your students will love these candy corn puzzles!</div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Grab These Resources and More</h2><div>Wouldn't it be nice to have a resource that covered ALL of the first grade math standards and skills for the entire year? I thought so too, so I created this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Bundle</a></b>. It includes all of the Halloween activities plus everything else you could hope for. I created it to be easily adaptable to whatever learning situation you may find yourself in. You'll be getting over 2,000 jam packed pages in both print and digital formats. Be sure to check it out!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEiZMOM8yd7c2ciRo78DHAfrtj_GXN6rsdvS4THYvAkc03yaVbszFm6PJ80pN0Dws2Zou4srSkFwV0nQduFE37ul6UBoYrmbyDVm6nMNgNlpmu94QM-eRDQF1ddTaQ9OoWHDTBuqHAl1sF2jOvftAipMZJ7Nfw14G_6fF6FOqvlV5x8L5WSeSYlNqZ1frg=s320" width="320" /></a></div><div><h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Looking for more Halloween activities?</h3></div><div>If you're looking for even more Halloween activities I have a ton of resources in my TPT store. You can check them all out <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/Halloween-403010?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Halloween%20Math%20Activities" target="_blank">here</a></b>. </div><div><br /></div><div>I hope these fun first grade Halloween math activities get you excited about the season. I know you and your students will enjoy working your way through the math skills while participating in a little bit of spooky fun. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Halloween Math Activities</h2><div>Save these fun first grade Halloween math activities to your classroom Pinterest board. You never know when you'll need a Halloween activity to engage your students. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-8E2ANePY5P8/YWc5f-K_VBI/AAAAAAAAL0I/EV5dCtiaR0EmGTHxBa0F5S1BmqMI-5hGQCLcBGAsYHQ/Halloween%2BMath%2BActivities%2Bpin.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="These fun first grade math activities are great for Halloween and the month of October." data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="398" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-8E2ANePY5P8/YWc5f-K_VBI/AAAAAAAAL0I/EV5dCtiaR0EmGTHxBa0F5S1BmqMI-5hGQCLcBGAsYHQ/w266-h398/Halloween%2BMath%2BActivities%2Bpin.png" title="Math activities for first grade" width="266" /></a></div><br /><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; display: inline !important; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-37587313646307572832021-10-09T08:37:00.001-05:002021-10-10T20:14:19.436-05:00Engaging Students with the Seasons and Holidays in the Math Classroom<div style="text-align: left;">There is so much to think about when teaching math to first graders. Of course, we need to begin with a review of kindergarten skills. Then we head in to introducing the new skills and standards that we need to cover. When mapping out our lessons for the quarter, semester, or even the year we have to be sure we are meeting all of the standards in a fun and relatable way. I like to do this by integrating the seasons and holidays throughout the year. Let's dive right it and talk about year long seasonal math practice for first graders.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjwZ4Xm6wY8QA_8zELvrJ-F-NGIjM9pWUcYhF2jmlcdx7Y1aAp3wgdT_1i9H7key9sFN_L8baojoK2t-n80gCoxEJDR_BRzg7_zquVl1wxT62XK1Mc6LCt7y1oYT_VTEyIKgnegOo1SLK-u-uOEtmCQI0C5RwoAnXNiKqvGGaFo5lE-eds9hg7eV6EYJg=s2048" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Learn about this year long seasonal math practice for first graders." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEjwZ4Xm6wY8QA_8zELvrJ-F-NGIjM9pWUcYhF2jmlcdx7Y1aAp3wgdT_1i9H7key9sFN_L8baojoK2t-n80gCoxEJDR_BRzg7_zquVl1wxT62XK1Mc6LCt7y1oYT_VTEyIKgnegOo1SLK-u-uOEtmCQI0C5RwoAnXNiKqvGGaFo5lE-eds9hg7eV6EYJg=w640-h360" title="Engaging students with the Seasons and Holidays" width="640" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">When I'm planning I like to think about the big picture first, and then I narrow it down to each skill and topic. This can be overwhelming at first. To help narrow this down and be sure I am covering everything that I need, I created a <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank"><b>Mega Math Practice</b></a> resource. It is the perfect year-long seasonal math practice for first graders.</div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What is Mega Math Practice?</h2><p style="text-align: left;"><br /></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learn all about this comprehensive math unit to use daily during your math block." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="377" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEiJOBI3faCSqYGRRnK2q-mHLevbSanKRN2Kp_Fd7FcJ8as5ttlMYMenNB-gj83u1Mb56YEHIWo8Y-Px-awKVmaU6EOF1b_NXNpAAykb78BURLKbmS3Vjc9gfYILKpPJLjHO_i2NUtMJ5cEQuFl8QkMuZHkGma8ozNWgn4sxf21m4l5cZtFLaQ_S3PQaNQ=w377-h377" title="Seasonal Math Practice Thanksgiving" width="377" /></a></div>You may be wondering: What in the world is Mega Math Practice? Well, it is a comprehensive math resource that covers EVERY first grade math common core standard in all four strands. <p></p><ul style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; line-height: 1.4; list-style: initial; margin: 0.5em 0px; padding: 0px 2.5em;"><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Numbers and Base Ten</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Geometry</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Measurement and Data</li></ul><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;"><br /></span></span></div><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;">It includes print and digital resources and activities to keep your students learning all year long. All 430 pages are completely adaptable and can be used in a variety of different ways both in and out of the classroom. </span></span><span style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px;">I love to use them for guided practice, independent practice, math centers, homework, and small group work. They also work well for hybrid and virtual learning situations.</span></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><h2 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">How to Teach Using Mega Math Practice</h2></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">After years of putting pieces of different curriculums together and searching for the perfect materials and activities for math class, I was discouraged. I couldn't find everything I needed in one place and I was spending way too much time and effort looking for it. So, I created Mega Math Practice which I now use as my go-to math curriculum. I combine it with my <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Place-Value-Number-Sense-Worksheet-Activities-Bundle-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=My%20Math%20Block" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a></b><span> resource that I use for daily warmups. Using these two resources allows me to provide a solid math block full of intentional instructional time. </span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><span><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Engage students with seasonal and holiday based math practice activities like this St. PAtrick's Day practice page" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="372" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEiCLsrT3blU2xVOs6fI2K_OuwMHz41rZtJeyRFAAQ8gHmhgerXFvDCKefsv-i_4gvlAtx4gGLWSzjC3AtN3aJP-vjrN17g1JUpuPOf9XTMz4fWOnE_qbIKAF8JvdAorMo55YHj5-jjdyr384SqqaeM-nf0QAEDhQ-EM0_I0srTnckkH3oEigatiut6x0Q=w372-h372" title="Seasonal Mega Math Practice St. Patrick's Day" width="372" /></a></div><br />After many years of trial and error, I have finally found a schedule that works best for my class and me. </span><span style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px;">Here's what my daily math block looks like:</span></div></div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><div style="margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div></div><ul style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; line-height: 1.4; list-style: initial; margin: 0.5em 0px; padding: 0px 2.5em;"><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;"><b>Number of the Day: </b>7-10 Minutes</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;"><b>Mini-Lesson:</b> 5-7 Minutes</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;"><b>Guided Practice: </b>5-7 Minutes </li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;"><b>Guided Independent Practice: </b>10-15 Minute Intervals</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;"><b>Small-Group Work:</b> Time Varies</li></ul><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;"><br /></span></span></div><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;">Your math block may look similar to mine or completely different! That's totally fine! The key is to find the best routine that works for you and your class and go with it. It might be using an independent practice review activity as morning work, or integrating adding guided practice to your small group instruction time. I promise, it's not a magic formula! And since classrooms and schedules can vary so much you have to make it work for you. </span></span></div><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;"><br /></span></span></div><div><span style="color: #343434; font-family: EB Garamond, serif;"><span style="letter-spacing: 0.5px;">Mega Math Practice contains a year's worth of skills-based activities that you can use to fill your daily lessons. So you won't need to spend hours piecing together the curriculum or searching for that perfect activity. Everything is here for you!</span></span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Year Long Seasonal Math Practice</h2><div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="This Valentine's Day making ten practice page is a great example of how to incorporate seasonal fun into skills based math practice" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="370" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEhZgWiZsmnbB5dcwagLnCNxp90eBt5ZeD8JqI7aMInAQO-x8ZUPfIMAInOGddQsvG4kYURwLDacP9wmajFz3ysu6uaVZZzYzotcIcz4dDbjpXm0Nc0ZlJFCF8-y82-foJYFZxjrQdhGcW-zTzZ4hJKtO8wx3a4RwaPohxZc9R67suda9fFV1bNoKdOQBw=w370-h370" title="Mega Math Practice Valentine's Day" width="370" /></a></div>The only thing better than Mega Math Practice is <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" target="_blank">Seasonal Mega Math Practice</a></b>! Who doesn't love to celebrate a holiday or special event? Incorporating seasonal themes and holidays into my daily lessons is one of the ways that I keep my students engaged throughout the year. It always adds a little spark to our learning and gives my students something to get excited about. </div><div><br /></div><div>Instead of spending time figuring out how to make my lessons relate to the seasons and holidays, I created a resource that was built around these things! Enter my <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" target="_blank">Seasonal Units Bundle</a></b> that includes year-long seasonal math practice for first graders. This bundle will give your students tons of practice in all areas of the standards with added seasonal themes. </div><div><br /></div><div>With the same skills-based focus as the non-seasonal Mega Math Practice, the seasonal bundle provides students with a variety of practice opportunities that can be used all year long. Instead of fighting against the excitement students have for a holiday or season, use it to engage them in the classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="This bundle has everything you need to teach all of the math standards with seasonal themes added." data-original-height="689" data-original-width="687" height="334" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-iGcR2kdlAeE/YVR4tQKGyyI/AAAAAAAALtA/OUwW82qqNd8qBj9VHPuhjPyKhP2RQiZcwCLcBGAsYHQ/w333-h334/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-09-29%2Bat%2B9.29.04%2BAM.png" title="Seasonal Math Practice Bundle" width="333" /></a>The Mega Math Practice Seasonal Bundle includes 15 seasonal units to take you from Back to School all the way to the end of the school year. Here are just some examples of the seasons and holidays you get in this jam-packed bundle:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Back to School</li><li>Thanksgiving</li><li>Holiday</li><li>Winter</li><li>New Year</li><li>Valentine</li><li>And so many more!</li></ul></div><div style="text-align: center;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">Incorporating <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-First-Grade-Math-Seasonal-Units-Bundle-Math-Worksheets-2374803?utm_source=My%20blog&utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Bundle" target="_blank">Seasonal Mega Math Practice</a></b> into your daily math block will make all the difference in the world. You can be assured that you are covering all of the skills and standards while your students are fully engaged and having fun. They will be looking forward to celebrating the next season or holiday. I can't wait to hear about how you implement this bundle in your classroom. </div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin it!</h2><div>Be sure to save this image to your favorite board for year-long seasonal math practice for first graders.</div><div><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEg7LsquMR-Q1xXo2juaZcir--KRsQ9yabnwWEPrA7ywvvGDifg738H3powyfo6bRnN4kf5n2yUGqKakDJmeN_XFxO8YvALBj4ipQakH43rtkZuMfhf7kof53BYuA1G3fGJn5ofL8VdiITJ9K_3WybQYESrcK2vcW-Kp7G_vdtD_FKOFAiiSlzy6C6331A=s1500" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Provide your first grade students with fun and engaging math practice. These seasonal and holiday themed math practice activities include every first grade math skill for the entire school year." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="356" src="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/a/AVvXsEg7LsquMR-Q1xXo2juaZcir--KRsQ9yabnwWEPrA7ywvvGDifg738H3powyfo6bRnN4kf5n2yUGqKakDJmeN_XFxO8YvALBj4ipQakH43rtkZuMfhf7kof53BYuA1G3fGJn5ofL8VdiITJ9K_3WybQYESrcK2vcW-Kp7G_vdtD_FKOFAiiSlzy6C6331A=w237-h356" title="Mega Math Practice Seasonal Pin" width="237" /></a></div><br /><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-40029831647240684802021-09-25T17:37:00.002-05:002021-10-10T20:21:20.895-05:003 Fun and Easy Ways to Teach Number Sense<div style="text-align: left;">In preschool, the core of mathematics instruction is teaching numbers and counting. This is done by teaching students to identify numbers 1-10 and counting to 10. These skills are taught intentionally and on a daily basis. This is where their understanding of number sense begins to take place. As students move into kindergarten, the skills will build on each other and lead to recognizing and counting higher numbers. There are tons of ways to teach number sense in your classroom. I'm going to talk about my favorite three fun and easy ways to teach number sense in pre-k and kindergarten. </div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3s9v9ZhZ-I0/YU-U6OUVgnI/AAAAAAAALrY/s73ISaYFMaIzkHkagg2Y58nF631y8nUUwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Teach%2BNumber%2BSense.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Teaching number is an important part of math in preschool and kindergarten. These tips and ideas for teaching number sense will help you and your students." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3s9v9ZhZ-I0/YU-U6OUVgnI/AAAAAAAALrY/s73ISaYFMaIzkHkagg2Y58nF631y8nUUwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Teach%2BNumber%2BSense.png" title="Number Sense PreK and K" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What is Number Sense?</h2></div><div>To put it simply, number sense is your sense of what numbers mean. Which number is larger or smaller? What value does the number hold? Comparing numbers to each other and figuring out what they mean in the real world are also a part of number sense.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-N-fKGH7ft0E/YU-dwu4K51I/AAAAAAAALrg/Tc7RM5osduA7EPjLRSEiXzVd96n84TpQQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/3%2Bfun%2Band%2Beasy%2Bways%2Bto%2Bteach%2Bnumber%2Bsense.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-N-fKGH7ft0E/YU-dwu4K51I/AAAAAAAALrg/Tc7RM5osduA7EPjLRSEiXzVd96n84TpQQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/3%2Bfun%2Band%2Beasy%2Bways%2Bto%2Bteach%2Bnumber%2Bsense.png" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>Number sense is just as important in math as phonemic awareness is in reading. When students are struggling in math class, it is often because they don't have a solid understanding of number sense. This foundational concept can hold them back from developing future math skills. Before our students can accurately perform number calculations, they need to have a firm understanding of number sense. </div><div><br /></div><div>Number sense includes all of the following:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Number identification</li><li>Counting</li><li>Adding</li><li>Subtracting</li><li>Mental Math</li><li>And so much more!</li></ul></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Teaching Number Sense to Pre-K and Kindergarten Students</h2><div>Just like everything else, teaching number sense requires some planning on your part. It needs to be a focused part of your daily routine. This will set your students up for success in their future math endeavors. </div><div><br /></div><div>I like to focus on a number of the week. Morning meeting time is the perfect place to introduce the number and practice it daily. I have a pocket chart on my board with everything I need to teach the number of the week. We work on number recognition and counting. We talk about what comes before the number of the week and what comes after it. I post all of these numbers on the board as a visual representation. We also use a number line to help with our counting skills. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="540" data-original-width="940" height="368" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MKEIlEvs_ZM/YU-eBfNPYSI/AAAAAAAALro/G-FIS5kIFAMGKIQcY0B48d-GosP7ZieuACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h368/1.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Morning meeting is a great starting point and a quick review for our number of the week. However, we still need to dive deeper into the numbers to fully understand them. Here are some skills I focus on to do just that. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">3 Fun and Easy Ways to Teach Number Sense</h2><h3 style="text-align: left;">1. Number Recognition</h3><div>Number recognition is the absolute first step in teaching number sense to students. There are so many creative ways to do this at home and in the classroom. Teaching students to be aware of numbers in their environment is a great way to do this. Along with recognizing the number, your kiddos need to learn to write it. A simple way to this is to be tracing the number and writing it a few times daily. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="540" data-original-width="940" height="368" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3fDilrbAnKk/YU-fFXAO7nI/AAAAAAAALrw/MnVxwQ9D0Zglvm55yWEi6qjcpVWYlVHpgCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h368/2.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Now that we can recognize and write a number, it's time to represent it. Do this with pictures! Kids love activities with pictures that they can color and decorate to have a little fun. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">2. Counting On </h3><div>Counting on is an important math skill that students need to develop early on as part of mastering number sense. Otherwise, they'd have to start counting from zero every time. Who has time for that? Teaching students to start with the biggest number and count on from there is usually a simple task. Counters and number lines are great tools to use for teaching this skill. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="540" data-original-width="940" height="368" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Mj1bvad32PI/YU-fNdFLYnI/AAAAAAAALr0/s2wjcinwn94jZryhpnBi8hDpXyi2ZYJHgCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h368/3.png" width="640" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">3. Ten Frames</h3><div>Ten frames are a great tool for students to begin to understand numbers in relationship to each other and the beginnings of place value. They are just rectangular frames divided into 10 individual boxes. Numbers up to 10 can be shown in the ten frame using counters or dabbers of some sort. Ten frames help students to really "see" a number. They help with addition and subtraction as well. They are also a great tool to provide more hands-on learning to your students. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="540" data-original-width="940" height="368" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E4ZsQFidEiA/YU-fU88DtrI/AAAAAAAALr4/ojp6y8f1wVoIuFvIkc4R6jYzIPlYVL8xgCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h368/4.png" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div>These three fun and easy ways to teach number sense are just a few of my favorites. Of course, there are a ton of different ideas and methods to choose from. The key is consistency and practice, practice, practice! </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Number of the Week</h2><div>When I was developing my lessons to teach number sense in my classroom, I knew I needed something that would be quick and easy, yet effective and rigorous at the same time. That's when I created these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" target="_blank">Number of the Week worksheets</a> that meet all of my needs. Not only do they reinforce what we learn during our morning meeting time, but they give students a variety of ways to work with numbers too! </div><div><br /></div><div>Each resource gives students lots of practice working with numbers, representation, and relationships. Your students will work on number sense skills like these:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Number line completion (K.CC.1)</li><li>Counting forward from the number (K.CC.2)</li><li>Writing numbers (K.CC.3)</li><li>Representing numbers through pictures (K.CC.B.4)</li><li>Comparing numbers (K.CC.6)</li><li>Representing numbers on a ten frame (1.NBT.B.2)</li></ul><div>You and your students will love the mini posters and coloring pages that are included to make learning fun! I know you'll love this resource as much as I do. So, I put together this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" target="_blank">Number of the Week Bundle</a></b> so you'll be all set with numbers 1-30. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Numbers-1-30-Bundle-Pre-Kindergarten-Math-1869152?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-jdWHmfloI7c/YU-gDRprBMI/AAAAAAAALsI/Bfu9G_8r220VpZEsErgwo8r8J3rLLVO4ACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-1869152-1.jpeg" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>You can find more <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:number+of+the+week?utm_source=my%20blog&utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20Week" target="_blank">Number of the Week resources for Pre-K, Kindergarten and First Grade</a> in my Teachers Pay Teachers store. </div><br /><div>I can't wait for you to get started on your teaching number sense journey. I hope you enjoy these three fun and easy ways to teach number sense in your classroom. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin It!</h2><div>Be sure to save this to your favorite math Pinterest board so you will be ready with fun ways to teach number sense in your classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-gj2F0DF89iU/YUOCeucfxcI/AAAAAAAALmU/pEOtozR4lLgCYH4z2xdjucAKuGPAmL71gCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Number%2BSense%2BPin%2B%25281%2529.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Grab these 3 fun and easy ways to teach number sense." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="416" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-gj2F0DF89iU/YUOCeucfxcI/AAAAAAAALmU/pEOtozR4lLgCYH4z2xdjucAKuGPAmL71gCLcBGAsYHQ/w277-h416/Number%2BSense%2BPin%2B%25281%2529.png" title="Number Sense" width="277" /></a></div><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-85369791482204408762021-09-09T15:59:00.001-05:002021-10-10T20:27:52.593-05:00Math Fun for Second Grade: Back to SchoolThe beginning of the year is such a fun and exciting time. Our classrooms are looking amazing, and we are eagerly waiting for the chance to meet our new students. Once school begins there are so many things to do. We need to get our kiddos settled and establish rules and procedures...not to mention the TON of paperwork to complete. Plus, we need to begin assessing our students and reviewing last year's skills and concepts. Phew! I'm tired just thinking about it! I hope I can make your life a little bit easier with these math fun for second grade back-to-school ideas.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-FMFTBWoxZq4/YTemmJpwl-I/AAAAAAAALfY/crdFRdvWZmsxqgU50rJ57q0QvSklsD8FwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Grab these amazing resources for the entire year in this back to school math review." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-FMFTBWoxZq4/YTemmJpwl-I/AAAAAAAALfY/crdFRdvWZmsxqgU50rJ57q0QvSklsD8FwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/1.png" title="Back to School Math Review" width="640" /></a></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Back to School Fun</h2><div>Your students will be bright-eyed and bushy-tailed during those first few weeks of school. This is such a perfect opportunity to assess their knowledge and get some baseline data on where you need to begin teaching. Of course, you need to begin with reviewing first grade math skills. The Summer Slide is a real thing and most of your students probably haven't done any type of work for a couple of months. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab these fun math ideas for second grade when you head back to school." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-RnCfjm2nrrw/YTemv3pbVCI/AAAAAAAALfc/4iuORXRQb4EHL2ies2EfZa34pwhNU6HvQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/2.png" title="Back to School 2nd Grade Math Ideas" width="400" /></a></div><div>What's the best way to do this? I designed the perfect resources for all of your math back-to-school needs. The best part? They are all included in this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" target="_blank">Back to School Worksheets Bundle</a></b>! The resources include all of the first grade math standards in: </div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li>Number and Operations in Base Ten</li><li>Measurement and Data</li><li>Geometry</li></ul><div><div><span style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px;">Each of those broad categories is a unit in this first-grade math review resource bundle. This makes it super easy for you to find what you need at all times. Mix it up or do a focused review on one strand at a time. It's also really easy to see related skills together and choose the review activities that your students really need. </span></div></div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">How Should I Use the Resources in My Classroom?</h2><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learn all about how to use these fun math ideas in your second grade classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-uuOsVMV6Mnw/YTem8Q0FlKI/AAAAAAAALfk/HS1o8waZ_yYbVeNAa995BSnnKW13NQRHACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/4.png" title="Using resources in the classroom" width="400" /></a></div><div>I always teach using the "guided math" approach. My math block begins with whole group instruction. This is when I introduce new ideas and review spiral concepts. Then we go into guided practice in small groups. This is where I devote most of my math instructional minutes. Finally, we head into independent practice or small groups for intervention. </div><div><br /></div><div>So, as you can imagine these resources are geared towards this approach. There are tons of guided practice pages on each topic that can be used for small group work or intervention. There are also lots of independent practice pages. These have less graphics on them for easier printing. </div><div><br /></div><div>The activities give students tons of practice with all of the required skills and allow a rigorous path that leads them into the next level of learning. </div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What's Included in this Back to School Math Bundle?</h2><h3 style="text-align: left;">Teaching Tools</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="There are tons of teaching tools included in the back to school math bundle." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-jpSdnMrc73g/YTeofMhrNvI/AAAAAAAALgo/xpJD6ZODf3QX2fXE8U7YIUQ6hejgAzfaACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/3.png" title="Teaching Tools in the Bundle" width="400" /></a></div>Remember each resource covers a math standard. You'll get a colorful teaching poster that is perfect to display on your whiteboard for student reference. They are also great to use as teaching guides during small group instruction and intervention. They are the perfect "cheat sheets" to remind students of what they learned the previous year. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Student Practice Sheets</h3><p style="text-align: left;">Each resource standard includes two different student practice sheets. There are many ways to use these worksheets such as whole group instruction, independent practice, morning work, small group instruction, intervention, or even homework. You'll also get a printable and digital version!</p><p style="text-align: left;"><br /></p><p style="text-align: left;">The digital version makes this resource a great tool for distance learning. The activities are all colorful and interactive so that your students will enjoy the lessons without even knowing how hard they are working. Just choose the option that works best for your class. Remember to mix it up often to keep your students actively engaged!</p><p style="text-align: left;"><br /></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="The back to school bundle includes a digital version as well so you are prepared for any situation." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Aud2XPKpTDA/YTenT--gmCI/AAAAAAAALf0/sobM095oNWYSIpN4Q_-DGHLIiXr475u1gCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/5.png" title="Back to School Digital Versions" width="640" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Differentiation Made Easy</h3><div>All of your bases are covered with this resource bundle. Because it covers every.single.standard, you can be sure your students will have a quality review to build on. As you see struggles or gaps in student learning, you can easily pull practice activities to target that specific skill. This also allows you to be able to individualize instruction. You can assign practice to your students based on the skills that THEY need to master. This allows you to continue to challenge your students without frustrating them. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Use the Back to School Math Fun With 2nd Grade Year Round</h2><div>This bundle isn't just for back-to-school time. It is great to use in your classroom all year long. As you know math skills build on each other. As the skills you're teaching progress though out the year, you may notice some gaps in your students' learning. These resources are perfect for extra practice to close the gaps...so you can be sure that you aren't leaving anyone behind. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Activities-Back-to-School-Geometry-Math-Review-Worksheets-789019?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=I.G" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Beginning of the Year resource for standard I.G." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-b6NOa7-K75M/YTeeO1jzd7I/AAAAAAAALew/6VwgoASK-5wJ3Mu3PWyrGVnT9Q4DEJHHgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide5.JPG" title="Standard I.G Resource" width="320" /></a></div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Activities-Back-to-School-Measurement-and-Data-Worksheets-800507?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=I.MD" style="clear: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab this beginning of the year resource for standard I.MD." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-lSsmCLYdTGo/YTeeIGxX9CI/AAAAAAAALes/MkK6WIoP2zwaAB96TtKTq9zd0jgmzuySgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide4.JPG" title="I. M.D Resource" width="320" /></a><br /><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Activities-Beginning-of-Year-Math-Review-Worksheets-796781?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=I.NBT" style="clear: left; float: left; font-size: medium; font-weight: 400; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="This bundle includes everything you need for the standard I.NBT." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-4UMoZEjWOp0/YTen3UWvGyI/AAAAAAAALgI/MGvL3VVVqJ451lDUNNKiZDgZCdCRkfBkACLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide3.JPG" title="Standard I.NBT" width="320" /></a></h2><div style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Welcome-to-Second-Grade-BOY-Math-Review-1-Common-Core-MathContentOA-752526?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=I.OA" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Everything you need to teach the standard I.OA is included in this resource." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-NPsC-bVJ9mk/YTeoH1Q0SEI/AAAAAAAALgc/1DHxAy048scP4qfNwHGht7kiou--9qETwCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide2.JPG" title="Standard I.OA" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="text-align: left;">Let's Get the Fun Started</h2><div>I know that you and your students will love the fun and simplicity of these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" target="_blank"><b>Back to School Math resources</b></a>. Give them a try today! You'll be able to rest easy knowing your kids are getting the knowledge they need without having to "drill and kill" them. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Second-Grade-Math-Review-Worksheet-Bundle-Beginning-of-Year-With-Digital-800713?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20Back%20to%20School%20Bundle" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab the entire bundle that includes all fo my back to school math resources." data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="341" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-aa-9iFqjW2U/YS-sXQepo5I/AAAAAAAALdo/dNmFl9b_oysiwtIyIfzjsCwSEaBPAy-xQCLcBGAsYHQ/w341-h341/Slide1%2B%25286%2529.JPG" title="Back to School Math Bundle" width="341" /></a></div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Back to School Resources</h2><div>Be sure to pin this to your favorite back-to-school math board. You'll have everything you need to let the fun begin. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-llolXPmMwWA/YTepvsil0xI/AAAAAAAALgw/BnhcaUwqZFUZFlIgbxk00QVgrQTSizIrACLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Pin%2B2nd%2BGrade%2BBack%2Bto%2BSchool.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="382" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-llolXPmMwWA/YTepvsil0xI/AAAAAAAALgw/BnhcaUwqZFUZFlIgbxk00QVgrQTSizIrACLcBGAsYHQ/w254-h382/Pin%2B2nd%2BGrade%2BBack%2Bto%2BSchool.png" width="254" /></a></div><div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><br />Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-90144508560413222522021-08-27T00:34:00.002-05:002021-10-10T20:33:24.990-05:00Why You Should Teach the StandardsWhen sitting down to plan out the week, the month, or even the year, there are so many possibilities. As you are looking through your curriculum and textbooks I'm sure there are SO MANY fun ideas popping into your head. You probably hop on to Pinterest or TPT and quickly go down the rabbit hole of cute, fun activities and lessons. It is easy to get lost in all of the options. This is where standards come into play. After many years of experience, I'm going to share why you should teach the standards (even in non-testing years.)<div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-LdoWpeu114c/YR_TiL-LulI/AAAAAAAALaM/IJ29zxLYu0webvzG06xdYwojQBWKVjV9QCLcBGAsYHQ/teaching%2Bthe%2Bstandards.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Teaching the standards is important in all grade levels. Even the years that aren't testing years. Learn all about why here." data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-LdoWpeu114c/YR_TiL-LulI/AAAAAAAALaM/IJ29zxLYu0webvzG06xdYwojQBWKVjV9QCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/teaching%2Bthe%2Bstandards.png" title="Teaching the Standards" width="640" /></a></div><br /><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Understanding Standards</h2><div>Standards are goals for what students should know and be able to do by the end of the academic year. Standards influence many parts of the educational system as a whole. Think about it. Standards are the basis for standardized testing, developing curriculum, professional development, and so much more. Although they tell us what we should teach, they don't necessarily tell us how to teach. It is up to us (or our district) to decide which curriculum and assessments to implement. </div><div><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Why They're Important</h3><div>There are many benefits of teaching the standards in your classroom: </div><div><br /></div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><b>Clear and Measurable Goals: </b>Standards give teachers a clear idea of exactly what should be taught and when. They also serve as a great guide for what teachers and students should be working towards. </li><li><b>Measurable Achievement:</b> Standards provide an easy way to measure teacher and student achievement. </li><li><b>Planning:</b> They set the tone for instruction. Once you are familiar with which standards need to be taught, you can easily begin to map out your year.</li></ul></div><div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Teach the standards with this Mega Math Practice Bundle." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="336" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/--T_ouHxiWlw/YR_Ru0qmsWI/AAAAAAAALZk/xK-z7XHCsQUPpp6ig_8OhcEXIcbIo8QaACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h336/Color%2Bthe%2BNumber%2B%25281%2529.png" title="Color the Numbers" width="400" /></a></div><br /><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">How to Use Standards in Your Classroom</h3><div>This can be a tricky dance. You have to learn the balance of teaching the standards without teaching directly to a standardized test. Here are a few ways to do this:</div><div><br /></div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><b>Encourage Questioning:</b> When your students learn to ask questions, great conversations can begin to take place. This is where the magic happens. </li><li><b>Be Flexible and Open:</b> There is always more than one way to solve a problem. Encourage students to think outside of the box and teach several different methods and strategies in order to meet the needs of all of your students. </li><li><b>Focus on Interest and Engagement:</b> Figure out how to make the standards fit into what your students want to learn. </li></ul><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learn how to use standards in your classroom. Even when it's not a testing year." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="336" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-d11qDmJaIdg/YR_RyUj1SgI/AAAAAAAALZo/QCsIflMlAfg8fNfhVugWVYxxO3so4rMgwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h336/More%2BTens%2B%25281%2529.png" title="How to Use Standards in the Classroom" width="400" /></a></div><br /><br /></div></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Developing Curriculum That Meets Standards</h3><div>You are more than capable of creating your own curriculum to meet your content standards. But let's be honest. What teacher actually has time for that? On top of the 200,000 other jobs you need to do, curriculum development might not be at the top of your list. And for good reason. </div><div><br /></div><div>Good news! There's no reason to reinvent the wheel. I have created a year-long <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Bundle</a> </b>that reviews ALL of the first-grade math standards. Yep! You read that right! All standards are included in this amazing bundle that serves as the perfect spiral review for your kiddos. </div><div><br /></div><div>It includes tons of no-prep print AND digital activities that your students need for the ENTIRE YEAR! </div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Mega Math Practice Bundle</h2><div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="color: #33aaa2; max-width: 770px; outline: none; text-decoration-line: none; transition: all 0.2s ease 0s;" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a> is a comprehensive math resource that includes every first-grade CCSS math standard in all four strands:</div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div><div style="background-color: white; color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><ul style="line-height: 1.4; list-style: initial; margin: 0.5em 0px; padding: 0px 2.5em;"><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Numbers and Base Ten</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Geometry</li><li style="list-style: disc; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Measurement and Data</li></ul><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab this Mega Math Practice Bundle which included all of the standards for the entire year." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="336" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-E3rxrhBJdZE/YR_R6ETcHoI/AAAAAAAALZs/nkSxl86Ei7gnz8lpuq_1kcBVM0Dwwi5wACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h336/Subtract%2BTens%2B%25281%2529.png" title="Mega Math Practice Bundle" width="400" /></a></div><br />There are over 50 resources including worksheets and digital activities that are sure to have your students <b>mastering the standards all year long.</b> They are no-prep and easy to use, giving tons of options on how to implement them. They are great for:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Morning Work</li><li>Math Centers</li><li>Small-Group Instruction</li><li>Homework</li><li>Extra Practice</li><li>Distance Learning</li><li>Guided Practice</li><li>Independent Practice</li><li>Intervention</li></ul><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice is full of engaging and fun activities that teach all of the math standards." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="336" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-ZO83Ye5zMcw/YR_R9BdtUKI/AAAAAAAALZw/GbvKZnXULPYuDKkUTJZfbyMdyXEdobbCwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h336/Tens%2Band%2BOnes%2B%25281%2529.png" title="Tens and Ones" width="400" /></a></div><br /><br /></div><div>There are almost 2,000 pages of number sense activities that are fun and engaging at the same time. You won't have to worry about a thing for the entire year. All of your student's needs can be met with this <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Bundle.</a> </b></div><div><br /></div><div>I hope you now have a better grasp of why you should teach the standards in your classroom. I know you and your students will love implementing Mega Math Practice into your daily routines. </div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Try It Free On Me!</h2><div>Once you start using Mega Math Practice in your classroom, you will see just how much it will benefit your students. I want you to have the chance to try it out for <b>FREE</b>! Try out one or all of these free standards-based resources. You are sure to find something that you can use in your classroom starting today. There are sets for all different types of skills. Grab them <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Price-Range/Free/Category/-Mega-Math-Practice-253612?ref=filter/price" target="_blank">HERE</a></b>! </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Price-Range/Free/Category/-Mega-Math-Practice-253612?ref=filter/price" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Try this free Mega Math Practice activity and learn what's to love about the year long bundle." data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-97syweHakPY/YR_X6hP1ZnI/AAAAAAAALao/Q1T09VQyraUR2ted8cGYJoaSMoCOM8RgQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/NBT.2.free.version%2B1.JPG" title="Freebie" width="400" /></a></div><br />Ready to make <b>Mega Math Practice </b>part of your daily routine? You can grab the <b><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">bundle</a></b> on Teacher's Pay Teacher's. </div><div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Number-Sense-Activities-Bundle-Mega-Math-Practice-Worksheets-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="This mega bundle includes all of the standards for the entire first grade year. Grab this fun and engaging activities." data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-yFidGt8gGSE/YR_Xrf-qfJI/AAAAAAAALag/ZJTqDpP3pIEQY3oIspHs4pzihPmn8SHpgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/Slide1%2B%25281%2529%2B%25282%2529.JPG" title="Mega Math Practice Bundle" width="400" /></a></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save This for Later!</h2></div><div>Be sure to pin this image to your favorite spiral review board and be ready to take on the year. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-Nl2x1mO9DLY/YR_UulPYgmI/AAAAAAAALaU/gWsNTUeTdv0l3P3XzQvsZJaW8da7uyzxwCLcBGAsYHQ/TEACHING%2BTHE%2BSTANDARDS%2BPIN%2B%25281%2529.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Learn all about the importance of teaching the standards in all grade levels." data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-Nl2x1mO9DLY/YR_UulPYgmI/AAAAAAAALaU/gWsNTUeTdv0l3P3XzQvsZJaW8da7uyzxwCLcBGAsYHQ/w212-h320/TEACHING%2BTHE%2BSTANDARDS%2BPIN%2B%25281%2529.png" title="Why You Should Teach the Standards" width="212" /></a><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="background-color: transparent; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div></div></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-61926579590515359532021-08-11T19:54:00.019-05:002021-10-10T20:42:03.990-05:004 Ways to Get Your Primary Students Thinking Algebraically<div style="text-align: left;">When you hear the word "algebra," you may automatically think middle and high school math. This is when pre-algebra instruction typically begins. We need to rethink this, though. We should introduce our kiddos to algebraic concepts early. I'm talking <i>very</i> early...early as in when we introduce number sense. You're probably wondering how on earth to do that. Here are four ways to get your kids thinking algebraically. </div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-BEyNP01Bx00/YQ2p3kMRvfI/AAAAAAAALUo/IZcu0oOXulkGY-uaSX_D1lO8HEqIYe_iwCLcBGAsYHQ/thinking%2Balgebraically%2Bheader.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Read about these 4 ways to get your kids thinking algebraically." data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-BEyNP01Bx00/YQ2p3kMRvfI/AAAAAAAALUo/IZcu0oOXulkGY-uaSX_D1lO8HEqIYe_iwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/thinking%2Balgebraically%2Bheader.png" title="4 ways to teach algebraic thinking" width="640" /></a></div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What is Algebraic Thinking?</h2><div style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.google.com/url?sa=j&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.teacherspayteachers.com%2FProduct%2FFirst-Grade-Math-Practice-Worksheets-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Standards-1624367%3Futm_source%3DMy%2520Blog%26utm_campaign%3DMega%2520Math%2520Practice%2520Blog&uct=1607435241&usg=t1dJrZAr9Eb66m61PKWXNlGizlo." style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learn these 4 fun ways to get your students thinking algebraically even in elementary school." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="269" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-QJGqU7q7hd8/YQ2mnMWFltI/AAAAAAAALUY/ZaGJXHOZvUACXvuNHAwVLxSJQou2LFVVwCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h269/algebra.png" title="Teach algebraic thinking" width="320" /></a></div><div style="text-align: left;">Algebraic thinking includes many topics, like making generalizations, recognizing and forming patterns, studying relationships, and analyzing how they change. If you think of it in this way then you'll quickly realize that you do, in fact, introduce algebraic concepts in your early elementary classroom. Algebraic thinking introduces a problem-solving approach that is beneficial to students at all levels. It's really a fundamental part of the mathematical process. </div><p></p><h2 style="text-align: left;">How to Get Your Kids Thinking Algebraically</h2><div>You may be freaking out at the thought of teaching algebra to your littles. Just the word "algebra" haunts many of us. It may be that one course in high school that you really struggled with. If you aren't comfortable with it, then how in the world will you teach it to your class? It's really not that complicated, though. I'm sure you're already doing some of these things without even realizing it. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">#1 Functions</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E7N98Jd_T2c/YRRXyeKLGzI/AAAAAAAALWw/D3r1VwXexsEDluVrRqA51XI3Ok37kz-_ACLcBGAsYHQ/s1254/Functions_Page_01.jpg" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1254" data-original-width="969" height="425" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E7N98Jd_T2c/YRRXyeKLGzI/AAAAAAAALWw/D3r1VwXexsEDluVrRqA51XI3Ok37kz-_ACLcBGAsYHQ/w328-h425/Functions_Page_01.jpg" width="328" /></a></div>A function is simply the relationship between an input and an output. Functions, of course, may be very complex in higher-level math; however, functions may be as simple as adding or subtracting one. How do you explain the complexity of function to elementary students? Simple. Just use a function machine. Your kiddos will love the visual example of the function machine where they can see what happens to a number when it is put through the machine. I love to play <a href="https://youtu.be/nkIUE_sK4zQ" target="_blank">this video</a> as an introduction. </div><div><br /></div><div>I love to make teaching functions like a puzzle or a game. We put a number in, another number comes out. Then, we have to figure out what happens in the middle. The more excited I get about these puzzle-like math problems, the more excited my students get. </div><div><br /></div><div>I like to introduce functions using pictures, and then gradually move to numbers. It's also important to use functions rules that correlate to the mathematical operations your students have learned. This will help them identify the rule and connect it to their prior learning.</div><div><h3 style="text-align: left;">#2 Ratio Tables</h3></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-z6BZyVfOkuY/YRRjhz28H1I/AAAAAAAALW8/uni1koMeq9AQboCYmGKjnYwTTGOtDXfjQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1254/Functions_Page_16.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1254" data-original-width="969" height="418" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-z6BZyVfOkuY/YRRjhz28H1I/AAAAAAAALW8/uni1koMeq9AQboCYmGKjnYwTTGOtDXfjQCLcBGAsYHQ/w323-h418/Functions_Page_16.jpg" width="323" /></a></div>Ratio tables, like functions, are a fun way to work on algebraic thinking. Ratio tables are a great way to introduce students to multiplication concepts without teaching multiplication. Using ratio tables, students can visualize the multiplicative relationship between numbers. ( However, we probably will not use that language to start with.)</div><div><br /></div><div>With our young students who have not been introduced to multiplication yet, using pictures and circling sets is a great way to help them see this. </div><div><br /></div><div>Like functions, I like to treat these like math puzzles. Students must look at part of a ratio table to determine the rule in order to fill in the rest of the table. </div><div><br /></div><div>Ratio tables are great to use as students work on skip counting. They create a visual representation of skip counting that can help your students "see" what is happening. </div><div><br /></div><div>Additionally, having this practice with ratio tables at the lower grades will help students as they begin formal multiplication instruction.</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's a <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/pxlwupllfx" target="_blank">FREE Functions and Ratio Table</a> resource that I created to help you get started with teaching these activities. I think both you and your students will find them fun and engaging. And . . . you'll be building those algebraic thinking skills in no time!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/pxlwupllfx" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-eem5QWFXBDI/YRRXs5PjZ4I/AAAAAAAALWs/Wln5v5cX-3Q0Y9e7rX7-R1IZZw58u2BkQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/FUnctions.Preview.cover.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">#3 Patterns</h3><div><a href="https://www.google.com/url?sa=j&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.teacherspayteachers.com%2FProduct%2FFirst-Grade-Math-Practice-Worksheets-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Standards-1624367%3Futm_source%3DMy%2520Blog%26utm_campaign%3DMega%2520Math%2520Practice%2520Blog&uct=1607435241&usg=t1dJrZAr9Eb66m61PKWXNlGizlo." style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Use patterns to begin to teach your class how think algebraically even in elementary school" data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="269" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-4IGhfRKdig4/YQ2kDgxfkVI/AAAAAAAALT4/Dy4uKHAMUa0qGF6Q0OZTJ4dZ_Op9dw-2QCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h269/OA%2Bblog%2Bpatterns.png" title="Patterns" width="320" /></a>Patterns are a huge part of fundamental math. Students need to be able to recognize them, complete them, and create their own. Patterns are a building block of algebraic thinking. </div><div><br /></div><div>When introducing patterns, I always start with something visual. Colors or pictures are a great place to start. A super simple, yet effective, way to teach patterns is by using color blocks. You can use small manipulative blocks or cut pieces of construction paper. I prefer the construction paper because I can make the pieces bigger and easier to see for whole group instruction. Using the color blocks or paper, you can demonstrate the pattern and have students guess what comes next. </div><div><br /></div><div>Once students have the hang of basic patterns, I like to introduce more complicated patterns. I also give students opportunities to create their own patterns. Getting students to start identifying and creating patterns is an important part of algebraic thinking. </div><div><br /></div><div>Once students have an understanding of visual patterns, you can begin to introduce them to patterns in numbers. Learning to recognize patterns like our base-ten number system, how the same addition and subtraction rule affects other numbers, and basic multiplication concepts. Being able to recognize each of these different types of patterns builds algebraic thinking in our students. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">#4 Word Problems</h3><div>We can't forget about teaching <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">word problems</a>. Word problems put the math in a real-world context. It is when many of these algebraic thinking skills are put into action. Word problems are the critical thinking and application part of all of our lessons. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-RfgstQ5oK2A/YRRsoqEP5tI/AAAAAAAALXE/-HpKT4o5_SAHor1OW9AvC4xIwaBqJFXLwCLcBGAsYHQ/s768/Slide30.JPG" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-RfgstQ5oK2A/YRRsoqEP5tI/AAAAAAAALXE/-HpKT4o5_SAHor1OW9AvC4xIwaBqJFXLwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Slide30.JPG" width="320" /></a></div>As we teach our students to put their new thinking skills into action, it's important that we get them thinking in different ways. This helps them to build fluidity in their mathematical thinking. For example, don't always have the unknown in the word problem to represent the answer to the equation. Mix it up. Provide the answer and have students find the start or the change. </div><div><br /></div><div>Through word problems and basic equations, it's important to teach students the mathematical symbols and what they mean. Many kids believe that = means "the answer is" but this will hinder them in the future. Can you imagine how confusing that will be the first time they see 3x = 2y? Instead, teach them that the equal sign stands for "equivalent" and "the same as." </div><div><br /></div><div><i>Teacher Tip: Word problems can be difficult for students, especially at the beginning. Engage them by using topics and themes in your word problems that you've been covering in class. This will pique their interest, give them some prior knowledge to connect to, and you'll get more engagement. </i></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Mega Math Practice</h2></div><div>You're probably thinking that these four ways to get your kids thinking algebraically sound great, but just aren't possible. How in the world are you going to fit all of these things into your daily math lesson? I've got you covered! My <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Practice-Worksheets-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Standards-1624367?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Blog" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Bundle </a>for Operations and Algebraic Thinking has everything you need and more! The activities are perfect for morning work, math centers, homework, or even distance learning. Plus they are printable and digital so they are easy to use and assign. </div><div><br /></div><div>You'll get over 1,100 pages of fun covering all of the algebraic thinking standards including:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>All eleven types of word problems </li><li>Two-Step Word Problems</li><li>Properties of Operations</li><li>Counting On and Counting Back</li><li>Addition and Subtraction Strategies</li><li>Balancing Equations-Understanding the Equal Sign</li><li>Find the Missing Numbers</li></ul></div><div>I know you and your kiddos will love these no-prep activities to get you through the year confidently. </div><div><br /></div><div><div>Try some Mega Math Practice activities for FREE in your classroom. I want to give you this <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/t7tuddtgi8" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Counting to Add and Subtract Freebie</a>! It'll give you a good taste of what Mega Math Practice is all about. </div><div><br /></div></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/t7tuddtgi8" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab this mega math practice freebie to check out my bundle." data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-duBO80M5zuY/YQ2ksBn3zSI/AAAAAAAALUA/QjRs8lUiy7kmok5Mzgb9Hjws2uyKbVjvQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide27.JPG" title="Freebie" width="320" /></a></div><div></div><div><br /></div><div>Grab the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Practice-Worksheets-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Standards-1624367?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Blog" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Operations and Algebraic Thinking Bundle</a> in my store on Teachers Pay Teachers! You will have everything you need to help your students learn and practice these important thinking skills.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/First-Grade-Math-Practice-Worksheets-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Standards-1624367?utm_source=My%20Blog&utm_campaign=Mega%20Math%20Practice%20Blog" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-wAmsE584K_c/YRRtSOS-VII/AAAAAAAALXM/7pZVLMj20vUjeberzJpvb_ozu08h2MY7ACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/OA.Bundle.Cover.JPG" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin It!</h2><div>Be sure to save this pin to your favorite math Pinterest board so you can come back when you need a reminder on teaching algebraic thinking or other foundational math skills!</div><div style="text-align: center;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><a href="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-wrZFs7W8yPE/YQ2ro0xcV6I/AAAAAAAALUw/PMjkvvIaTj4699CMt7otGD5fT8zzHKAOwCLcBGAsYHQ/algebra%2Bpin.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Grab these 4 ways to get your kids thinking algebraically in elementary school. #math #mathskills #algebraicthinking #teachingmath" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="355" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-wrZFs7W8yPE/YQ2ro0xcV6I/AAAAAAAALUw/PMjkvvIaTj4699CMt7otGD5fT8zzHKAOwCLcBGAsYHQ/w237-h355/algebra%2Bpin.png" title="Pin Image" width="237" /></a><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-80974362582036684472021-07-30T07:50:00.000-05:002021-07-30T07:50:35.359-05:00Teaching Numbers and Base Ten in the Primary Classroom<p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">One of the most foundational concepts in math is 'ten.' In our base ten number system it is imperative that students understand this. Just knowing it is not enough. They must truly understand it and be able to work with tens in a variety of ways in order to be successful in math. As a primary teacher, we have an important role in laying the foundation and developing those concepts for your students. I am excited to share with you how I teach the concept of ten and other place value concepts with my students.</span></p><div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-p1OnY1-48NM/YQKZegBhhSI/AAAAAAAALMc/Ls_y83w0RLogMQAn2MsgzL4o_N2UsTNGACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Numbers%2B%2526%2BBase%2BTen%2BHeader.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img alt="Tips and Ideas for teaching numbers and base ten in the primary classroom" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-p1OnY1-48NM/YQKZegBhhSI/AAAAAAAALMc/Ls_y83w0RLogMQAn2MsgzL4o_N2UsTNGACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Numbers%2B%2526%2BBase%2BTen%2BHeader.png" title="numbers and base ten header" width="640" /></span></a></div></div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: large;">Teaching the Importance of Ten</span></h2><div><span id="docs-internal-guid-e4f94cb4-7fff-14e4-7ac3-5a0ba44f6a25"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Understanding-Place-Value-Teen-Numbers-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT2-7024505?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Students need practice making sets of tens and determining how many are left over." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="397" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-jiTdSmz9SyU/YQKwWrGtG_I/AAAAAAAALMs/CdJVBGqclNMMys_-Jcu2wo4Q8Sn_j918ACLcBGAsYHQ/w397-h397/Slide5.JPG" title="Free Making Ten Worksheet" width="397" /></a></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">As we begin first grade, one of my goals is to teach my students that ten is a magical number. It's this special number 10 that allows us to move within the place value chart. It's this special number 10 that allows one blocks to magically connect to make a 10 rod. It's this special number 10 our entire number system is built around. A bundle of ten is very important and that's why we spend a lot of time working on it at the beginning of the year. </span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">In kindergarten, students are introduced to numbers for number recognition and counting. However, their understanding of ten, in a place value context, is often limited. In kindergarten we practice counting to ten and beyond, but we don’t really recognize “ten” as a unit with leftovers. Students learn to recognize teen numbers, but don't necessarily see them as ten with some ones remaining. For students it can be a difficult mental jump to get to this point. That's why practice, practice, practice is the name of the game.</span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">Students must understand the importance of ten before they can move on to other math skills and concepts in the year. Without this understanding, we are just moving them through with mental gaps and holes in their learning. </span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></p><h2 style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">Tools for Teaching Ten</span></h2><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"></span></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Understanding-Place-Value-Teen-Numbers-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT2-7024505?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Using place value blocks and picture representations students can make the abstract concepts more concrete" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="387" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-7pv4_oJyYVU/YQKwmhNjFBI/AAAAAAAALM0/GsUX4KrKRW4eMVBnqA5LbQGB9c9QxxqRQCLcBGAsYHQ/w387-h387/Slide14.JPG" title="Making Ten Worksheet with place value blocks" width="387" /></a></div>My two favorite tools for working on the magical number ten is a hundred chart (or a 120 chart) and place value blocks. Both of these tools are designed to show these groups of tens in a more concrete way that students can understand. At first, I guide students through seeing the "tens" on the chart and in the blocks. We look for this pattern of ten as a way to reinforce its importance. As we work on place value and number sense skills we always connect it back to one or more of these visual tools. This visual representation that students can see, touch and move around makes these abstract concepts much more concrete.<p></p></span></span><p></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></span></p><p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><span style="font-variant-east-asian: normal; font-variant-numeric: normal; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;">As students grow in their understanding of the "ten concept" we begin to use other types of visual representations. These representations, like ten frames and tally marks, give students other strategies to use when working with numbers. Then, after lots and lots of practice, as students really get the concept of ten, they begin working with numbers alone. They are able to view the numbers and explain their meaning and value. This process of hands-on to visual representations to numbers is one we use again and again. It helps students move from concrete, hands-on representations to visual representations to the more abstract concepts of numbers and math.</span></span></p></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: large;">Practicing Ten</span></h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-HOrzwglOkT0/YQLQ49fvpBI/AAAAAAAALNo/DvxfXLs-MMITYwAkaJyQyY0QKWyGJDMPACLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-HOrzwglOkT0/YQLQ49fvpBI/AAAAAAAALNo/DvxfXLs-MMITYwAkaJyQyY0QKWyGJDMPACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/1.png" width="320" /></span></a></div><span style="font-family: inherit;">When students are ready to begin practicing ten independently I always use <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Patterns-and-Number-Lines-Activities-First-Grade-Math-Worksheets-NBT1-1724713?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a>! At the beginning, students will work using math manipulatives to give them a hands-on activity for working with the concept of tens. It is important that they do lots of work with those teen numbers and practice identifying them as ten with some left over. From there we can apply this concept to larger numbers and multiple sets of ten with some leftover.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">These practice worksheets, paired with place value blocks or a hundred chart, make a great learning opportunity for students as they grow in their understanding of ten.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">In this Making a Ten with Leftovers activity I love the power of using color to help students see the ten and the leftovers. Even if math manipulatives are not used here, using colors to differentiate between the two helps students to visualize this important concept. </span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: large;">Two FREE Place Value Resources</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">This is such an important concept for our students. Over the years I have developed a variety of different ways to help students learn and practice these concepts. Here are two free resources you can use this year to help your students learn and use the concept of ten.</span></div><h3 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: medium;">Free Teen Numbers Practice</span></h3><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">At the beginning of the year you will be working on teen numbers. The goal is to help students see that a teen number is ten with some more. These practice activities will help your students do just that. They are great for guided practice, independent practice and even small group instruction. You can use this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Understanding-Place-Value-Teen-Numbers-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT2-7024505?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" target="_blank">FREE Understanding Ten</a> resource to help your students learn and practice these important skills.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Understanding-Place-Value-Teen-Numbers-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT2-7024505?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img alt="Free Making Ten Resource from Mega Math Practice" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-VL0zETk7CGM/YQKwBUdG9iI/AAAAAAAALMk/Vo9td3Np0mAUl3qo0a1Pz9t96EZZZiWjgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Cover.1.JPG" title="free place value and teen numbers" width="320" /></span></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: medium;">Free Addition to 100 Practice</span></h3><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">Once students have a good understanding of the concept of ten and how it works with numbers to 100, your students will start using these concepts with basic addition and subtraction. As with any new skill or concept, practice is key to helping our students master the skills. Use these free <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Adding-Within-100-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT4-7030730?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" target="_blank">Adding Within 100</a> activities later in the year to hep your students develop a strong foundation.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-Adding-Within-100-FREE-PREVIEW-1NBT4-7030730?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Teaching%20Ten" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img alt="Free Adding within 100 activities from the Mega Math Practice resource" border="0" data-original-height="1068" data-original-width="1066" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--IehqpNwyFk/YQLM5MpmoRI/AAAAAAAALNg/mH9HPFjYB0A8CH-cK78y8a1qs3u_PpcrgCLcBGAsYHQ/w319-h320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-07-29%2Bat%2B10.44.13%2BAM.png" title="Free Adding within 100" width="319" /></span></a></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: large;">Everything You Need for Teaching Numbers and Base Ten Concepts</span></h3><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit;">If you are ready to grab your full <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Patterns-and-Number-Lines-Activities-First-Grade-Math-Worksheets-NBT1-1724713?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice unit for N</a><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Patterns-and-Number-Lines-Activities-First-Grade-Math-Worksheets-NBT1-1724713?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen">umbers and Base Ten Concepts</a> you can find that it my store at Teachers Pay Teachers. You can start your year knowing that you have everything you need for your students to practice understanding ten, teen numbers and beyond!</span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Patterns-and-Number-Lines-Activities-First-Grade-Math-Worksheets-NBT1-1724713?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img alt="Mega Math Practice Place Value Bundle with all place value standards" border="0" data-original-height="694" data-original-width="690" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dr7L_IaYs1Y/YQK6UA52_lI/AAAAAAAALNU/zTK46H72OqMv7lSbq6XcN9PxvLLqDdUmgCLcBGAsYHQ/w318-h320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-07-29%2Bat%2B9.24.51%2BAM.png" title="PV Bundle" width="318" /></span></a></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: inherit; font-size: large;">Pin It!</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: inherit;">Be sure to pin this image to your favorite Pinterest math board for later so that you will be ready to teach numbers and base ten to first graders!</span></div><div><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></div><div style="text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-kioGbW5heWc/YQKzqUZdGMI/AAAAAAAALM8/lT0uv1z7PZM-aN_29oMggVAEXo9VBxsqACLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/TEACHING%2BTEN%2B-%2BBALIUS.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="383" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-kioGbW5heWc/YQKzqUZdGMI/AAAAAAAALM8/lT0uv1z7PZM-aN_29oMggVAEXo9VBxsqACLcBGAsYHQ/w255-h383/TEACHING%2BTEN%2B-%2BBALIUS.png" width="255" /></span></a></div></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></span></a></div></div><p></p>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-4775170569863679412021-07-29T14:44:00.000-05:002021-07-29T14:44:01.726-05:00A Peek Inside My Math BlockThere are so many things to think about when we are planning and teaching a math lesson. We want to make sure we are meeting the needs of all of our students. We have to find ways to incorporate a rigorous review of skills that have already been taught while we are introducing new skills. Not to mention differentiating instruction to hit all academic levels. There's so many layers of learning that it can get overwhelming. I'm excited to give you a sneak peek into my math block and how I do all.the.things in a small amount of time.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-G7iMU8XvCys/YQLU7e38-SI/AAAAAAAALNw/JYkNT1YzmEcDlyI5ZCe6-zxLgGQWxmTZQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/PEEK%2BINSIDE%2BMY%2BMATH%2BBLOCK.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Take a peek inside my math block and find out how I teach math in my first grade classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-G7iMU8XvCys/YQLU7e38-SI/AAAAAAAALNw/JYkNT1YzmEcDlyI5ZCe6-zxLgGQWxmTZQCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/PEEK%2BINSIDE%2BMY%2BMATH%2BBLOCK.png" title="peek math block" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><div><h2>How I Set Up My Math Block</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dQrteJgm01E/YQLYXfJ4mrI/AAAAAAAALN4/BiUcS8ORJXs5LV2VmAnpQhiLjjQeZ1TfwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/2.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="It's important to use time carefully and intentionally plan each minute of your math block." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="366" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dQrteJgm01E/YQLYXfJ4mrI/AAAAAAAALN4/BiUcS8ORJXs5LV2VmAnpQhiLjjQeZ1TfwCLcBGAsYHQ/w366-h366/2.png" title="math block time" width="366" /></a></div>It can sometimes be hard to decide how to spend your time when you have so many things that you want to cover. Most of our school experience and teacher training taught us to think that if a lesson wasn't long or most of the "period" it wasn't a good lesson. I'm here to tell you that is not real life in a primary classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div>It's important to remember that our young students are learning a lot! Every single day they are getting exposed to new concepts, experiences, and life. Then add to that new academic skills we are teaching them and it is just lots and lots of learning. Combine that with an attention span that is only 5-10 minutes long. Well, I hope you get the vision of disaster when you put those things together with a 30-minute lesson. </div><div><br /></div><div>Over the years I've tried different approaches to lessons and teaching in my classroom. After lots of trial and error, I have come up with a schedule that works really, really well. It is a very intentional use of time and procedures. I share it with you because I hope that you can find that sweet spot of time without taking all the years and trials I did.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3hE-pNNpyWE/YQLYqpVxHLI/AAAAAAAALOA/tzxBZUmJ6lUwSw48bscrfVREtiWnrhHFQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="Building in all the different teaching and practice times into the math block can be tough. But keeping in mind student attention spans will help. Keep it short!" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="352" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3hE-pNNpyWE/YQLYqpVxHLI/AAAAAAAALOA/tzxBZUmJ6lUwSw48bscrfVREtiWnrhHFQCLcBGAsYHQ/w352-h352/1.png" title="students" width="352" /></a></div>Here's what my daily math block looks like:</div><div><br /></div></div><ul><li><b>Number of the Day: </b>7-10 Minutes</li><li><b>Mini-Lesson:</b> 5-7 Minutes</li><li><b>Guided Practice: </b>5-7 Minutes </li><li><b>Guided Independent Practice: </b>10-15 Minute Intervals</li><li><b>Small-Group Work:</b> Time Varies</li></ul><div><br /></div><div>As I looked for math resources to work in this format I had a hard time finding something I liked. While there are TONS of resources out there for math centers and things like that, I couldn't find any great ones that I could use in these short spurts of time that still provide a powerful learning opportunity for my students. So, I created my own resources to fit my needs, and I'm excited to share them with you. This resource, called Mega Math Practice, covers all of the math standards and skills for the entire year. Paired with our Number of the Day as our math warm-up activity it is my go-to curriculum for math.</div><h3>Math Warm-Up</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=My%20Math%20Block" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Number of the Day is a great daily math spiral review. I love to use it as our math-warmup activity." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="375" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-G1GV9s_kY80/YQLZeU7jt1I/AAAAAAAALOI/DXHtzEQ0lhMhMoJ0u8_-UixS0FlmOhrzwCLcBGAsYHQ/w375-h375/Peek%2Bin%2Bmy%2BMath%2BBlock.png" title="Number of the day 54" width="375" /></a></div>I love to begin to my lesson with a spiral review of skills that students have already learned. We know our kiddos need repeated practice and exposure to concepts in order to master them. That's why starting each day with a spiral review <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=My%20Math%20Block" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> activity is perfect.</div><div><br /></div><div>Through the Number of the Day page students are working on a variety of math skills all in just a few minutes of time. It's a great way to get their brains focused on math and ready for the new learning ahead. </div><div><br /></div><div>You can read all about how I use the <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/07/develop-number-concepts.html" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> resource throughout the school year <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/07/develop-number-concepts.html" target="_blank">here</a>. It is a great resource that the kids always enjoy. Plus it checks so many boxes for you! </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Mini-Lesson</h3><div>Next up is our daily mini-lesson. This is our direct instruction time for new skills and concepts. Notice that this block of time is not overly long. In fact, some might think it is downright short! But no worries - I promise that with some focus and planning, you can teach the day's new skill.</div><div><br /></div><div>Also, consider the fact, that you don't have a brand new skill each day. Instead, you introduce a concept and slowly build on it. This approach is perfect for the mini-lesson. Instead of trying to teach everything in one sitting, break it up into bite-size chunks your students can work through one day at a time. </div><div><br /></div><div>If you have never tried this approach, I think you will be pleasantly surprised at just how well it works. You might even find that with shorter lessons, you have fewer behavior problems too. </div><h3>Guided Practice & Independent Practice</h3><div>Now that we've completed our mini-lesson, we are ready to move right along to guided practice. This block of time is when I model our new skill and do some practice right alongside the students. Sometimes this happens right after the instruction and other times it's a back and forth between teaching and modeling.</div><div><br /></div><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Giving students lots of practice with tens and ones is very important to help them understand the base ten number system." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="348" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-2mSwiTDieM4/YP7bjIf82aI/AAAAAAAALJE/_qPP5esjUk0uDLAR9yBpRPC34KcsJFJRACLcBGAsYHQ/w415-h348/Tens%2Band%2BOnes.png" title="Tens and Ones Worksheet" width="415" /></a>Don't skip this step! Avoid the temptation to let students start practicing. This modeling and guiding is an important time to teach students the thinking processes behind the math. During guided practice, I begin with modeling my thinking and guiding students through the mental steps I want them to take. Then as we continue I gradually do less and less and have the students do more and more. By the time we reach the end, students are ready to move into Independent Practice. </div><div><br /></div><div>During Independent practice, students begin working on their own to practice the skills and concepts from the lesson. This independent practice is sometimes a single activity that the class completes at the same time and sometimes incorporated into our math center rotations. </div><div><br /></div><div>Both Guided Practice and Independent Practice are important components that help lead to mastery. I created the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a> resource for the purpose of providing students with rigorous practice and review activities. This means students use these activities to practice and review already taught skills. </div><div><br /></div><div>I use these activities for guided practice and independent practice. I like our guided practice and modeling time to have a similar form to independent practice. By doing this, students learn the form and procedures which then allows them to work independently. And . . . if you've done any small group instruction, you know that independent activities are key to being able to focus on your small group instruction. </div><h3>Small-Group Instruction</h3><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Use a variety of activities when teaching base ten in the classroom. My favorite are from Mega Math PRactice." data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="311" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-DEN0BT2xhEY/YP7bLENyabI/AAAAAAAALI8/ZWDCGSSHszUT0EO5v5vqLQsc4bf_n816ACLcBGAsYHQ/w371-h311/Color%2Bthe%2BNumber.png" title="place value worksheet 1" width="371" /></a>Small group instruction is where the magic happens. Similar to small group reading instruction, small group instruction in math allows you to group students based on needs or level. It allows you to meet students right where they are. You can work on previous skills that might not be mastered, or move students forward with the current skill. It's an important component of the classroom that allows for differentiated instruction to be the norm. </div><div><br /></div><div>Additionally, in a small group setting it is much easier to really see what each student is doing and thinking. This allows me to really focus on the needs of the students and guide them through the thinking from concrete to abstract that is needed to understand and master math concepts. While multiple groups might be working on the same skill, one might be using manipulatives while the other is using written numbers. </div><div><br /></div><div>The time I take with each small group varies based on the needs of the students. BUT, it's important to keep it to 10-15 minutes per group. During this time I will include direct instruction, guided practice, and student practice activities. The amount of time for each small group also correlates with the rotating of centers. </div><div><h2>Use Mega Math Practice All Year Long!</h2><h3>What Exactly is Mega Math Practice?</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BoepYbCnRww/YQLe9_7PZ6I/AAAAAAAALOQ/drjwvrsTeFwE2SypLDGxLU3AJcLpZkEfQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/3.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="Mega Math Practice is filled with activities to show students a variety of representations and strategies for learning math skills" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="372" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BoepYbCnRww/YQLe9_7PZ6I/AAAAAAAALOQ/drjwvrsTeFwE2SypLDGxLU3AJcLpZkEfQCLcBGAsYHQ/w372-h372/3.png" title="addition within 100" width="372" /></a></div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a> is a comprehensive math resource that includes every first grade CCSS math standard in all four strands:</div><div><br /></div><div><ul><li>Numbers and Base Ten</li><li>Operations and Algebraic Thinking</li><li>Geometry</li><li>Measurement and Data</li></ul>It is jam packed with over 430 pages of digital and print practice activities for your students. There's more than enough for students to have guided practice and independent practice for ALL YEAR LONG! </div><div><br /></div><div>They are completely adaptable and can be used in a variety of ways. I love to use them for guided practice, independent practice, math centers, homework, and small group work. They also work well for hybrid and virtual learning situations.</div><div><h2>Give it a Try!</h2><div>I want you to <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Price-Range/Free/Category/-Mega-Math-Practice-253612?ref=filter/price" target="_blank">try Mega Math Practice in your classroom for Free</a>! I know that once you start using these NO PREP, standards-based activities you will see just how much they will help your students. <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Price-Range/Free/Category/-Mega-Math-Practice-253612?ref=filter/price" target="_blank">Grab one of these free resources or grab them all.</a> There are sets for different skills so you can find something that you can use in your classroom immediately.</div></div><div><br /></div><div>If you are ready to make Mega Math Practice part of your routine, you can grab the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" target="_blank">year-long bundle of Mega Math Practice</a> on Teachers Pay Teachers.</div><div><br /></div></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Mega-Math-Practice-Google-Slides-Bundle-First-Grade-ALL-STANDARDS-3292809?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=TeachingTen" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="692" data-original-width="692" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-v_vP2WfWu1M/YQK4_QgpNBI/AAAAAAAALNM/U4lGrhsQHiEEANbgakwGrYoHj4s4yLZegCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-07-29%2Bat%2B9.18.10%2BAM.png" width="320" /></a></div><div style="text-align: left;"></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Ideas!</h2><div>I hope that this little peek inside my math block gives you some ideas on how you can use your time to help your students master these important math skills. Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can quickly come back for more ideas for teaching math and those amazing freebies too!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-H0qvnnZ99Jc/YQLh364XjkI/AAAAAAAALOY/dqoFHCvexBcLyWcBTQOi_mo-eSg4AmIBQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/A%2Bpeek%2Binside%2Bmy%2Bmath%2Bblock%2Bpin.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="388" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-H0qvnnZ99Jc/YQLh364XjkI/AAAAAAAALOY/dqoFHCvexBcLyWcBTQOi_mo-eSg4AmIBQCLcBGAsYHQ/w258-h388/A%2Bpeek%2Binside%2Bmy%2Bmath%2Bblock%2Bpin.png" width="258" /></a></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-63423465835673856532021-07-14T10:56:00.021-05:002021-07-16T08:28:28.049-05:00Using Number of the Day to Develop Number Concepts in K - 3<br /><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;">The beginning of the school year is an exciting time. While getting to know our students, we are also establishing routines and procedures to set us up for success. We complete lots of activities together as a class to form relationships and expectations for the year to come. Even with all of the fun chaos those first few weeks bring, we as teachers are constantly observing and assessing our students. It is sometimes difficult to know where to begin with instruction because our students will come to us at different levels. Let's talk about how you can use Number of the Day resources to develop numbers concepts in kindergarten thru third grade and get a peek into your students current level of understanding. </div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-7hg6nWjHefM/YO9zVSeO6wI/AAAAAAAALEM/hl8PVChfQi0CH4b4weiTeM8v9QTpWU41ACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Using%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2Bto%2BDevelop%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2BHeader%2BMrs.%2BBalius.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-7hg6nWjHefM/YO9zVSeO6wI/AAAAAAAALEM/hl8PVChfQi0CH4b4weiTeM8v9QTpWU41ACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Using%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2Bto%2BDevelop%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2BHeader%2BMrs.%2BBalius.png" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Developing Number Concepts in Kindergarten</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Kindergarten-Math-1423714?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDay%20Kindergarten" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="kindergarten Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="344" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MsfOKs3poes/YO4Zspgxu5I/AAAAAAAALDQ/QLkJRHyYxvkUX-vCaeMYznYE9tEEERqVQCLcBGAsYHQ/w344-h344/Number%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BNumber%2BConcepts.png" title="kindergarten nod" width="344" /></a></div>In kindergarten, we are building basic foundational number sense skills. Developing an understanding of numbers and what they represent is a big part of kindergarten math instruction. We mainly focus on recognizing and writing numbers through twenty. Number of the Day is an excellent way to do this. Through Number of the Day activities, students are provided with opportunities to recognize the number, write the number and learn to represent the number in a variety of forms. All of these activities help them develop that foundational understanding of numbers and what they represent. </div><div><br /></div><div>It is important to assess your students at the beginning of the school year to see what they already know, where any misunderstandings might be and what instruction is needed. In kindergarten there are likely to be vast disparities amongst the students in your class. This initial informal assessment will be your starting guide for your instruction. </div><div><br /></div><div>While end of year goals may differ from state to state, there are some consistent math standards you will find for all kindergarten students. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Kindergarten-Math-1423714?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDay%20Kindergarten" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="kindergarten Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="415" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Tf-e9Zu6f3Q/YO4aoFJ3hPI/AAAAAAAALDY/ysZiQLCpJaA0y_ThP24rzxwC43rrasvDgCLcBGAsYHQ/w276-h415/Copy%2Bof%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BNumber%2BConcepts.png" title="kindergarten number of the day" width="276" /></a></div><br />Skills to Assess:</h3><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Counting to 20</li><li>Counting with 1:1 correspondence</li><li>Write and identify numbers 1-10</li><li>Add and subtract to five</li><li>Make 5 with objects</li></ul></div><div>You will be practicing these same skills plus a few more, all year long with the Number of the Day program. Students will get the repeated practice they need to move their new learning from short term memory to long term memory.</div><div><br /></div><div>A great way to introduce these new skills is by using a five frame and tally marks. These new skills should be practiced and reinforced daily. It is this repetition that leads to a true understanding of the number concepts.</div><div><br /></div><div>A great way to implement these strategies is with a number of the day resource. Each day the students will complete these skills in different engaging ways that lead to mastery. You can find everything you need for <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Kindergarten-Math-1423714?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDay%20Kindergarten" target="_blank">Kindergarten Number of the Day</a> in this resource. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Kindergarten-Math-1423714?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDay%20Kindergarten" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="kindergarten Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-s9r9DiSBi1o/YOM_pU6PBKI/AAAAAAAAK9k/_YZ_c3VnrMI6az9z5BHSQTUyDK3zB5GwQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/Slide5.JPG" title="kinder number of the day" width="400" /></a></div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">First Grade Beginning of the Year Number Concepts</h2><div>First graders come to us with some basic number sense concepts. They should have mastered numbers to 20 on all fronts (identifying, writing, counting and representing). They are ready to move on and start working on numbers to 100. This is a big jump and it is important that students truly grasp the number patterns in our number system and not just memorize a song or chant for counting to 100.</div><div><br /></div><div>In kindergarten, students were introduced to the concept of ten plus more to get to twenty. In first grade they will build on this. Students should also enter first grade with an understanding of place value ones and tens. During first grade they will add hundreds to this. </div><div><br /></div><div>The first weeks of the year are a great time to review the kindergarten number concepts and see where students are. Back to School Number of the Day is a great way to do this!<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20FirstGrade" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="First Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="344" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-soseCvIqB5U/YO4gSAy20OI/AAAAAAAALDg/IYBsc0yfR7kJ3VSCiE6lNVcRNJ_Ki1_gwCLcBGAsYHQ/w344-h344/Number%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2B%25281%2529.png" title="1st grade number of the day" width="344" /></a></div></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Skills to Assess:</h3><div><span id="docs-internal-guid-a87efc9b-7fff-095b-96a5-a2258bf7ae34"><p style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"></p><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Count to 100</li><li>Count by 10 to 100</li><li>Understanding Numbers Before/After</li><li>Counting objects to 20</li><li>Making groups of objects to 10</li><li>Comparing using one more and one less</li></ul><p style="text-align: left;"></p><p style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><br /></p><div style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">Assessing these skills at the beginning of the year gives you solid data you can use to plan your future instruction. As we continue to develop these important number concepts in first grade, I make Number of the Day a daily part of our routine. </div><div style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"> <br />Throughout first grade, there are many new skills you will be introducing to students. Some of these build on kindergarten skills and others are introduced for the first time. New skills you will need to address will include counting by 1 and 10, counting and creating groups of 10, and adding within 10. You can easily introduce these concepts by teaching skip counting, using a 10 frame, and writing number words. All of these skills plus more are included in the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20FirstGrade" target="_blank">First Grade Number of the Day Resource Bundle!</a> </div><p style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><br /></p><p style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheet-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1084852?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20FirstGrade" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="First Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-qLITHEoKWVI/YOM99wj9hlI/AAAAAAAAK9E/qqjDw8ciKOMZ_kqiRB3EVseQq5Deu8vswCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/NOD.bundle.covers.6.21.jpg" title="first grade number of the day" width="400" /></a></div><p style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><br /></p><h2 style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">Second Grade Number Sense</h2><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">As students move into second grade, they should have a good understanding of numbers to 100 and possibly a little beyond. They should understand the basic number patterns and be ready to apply those to numbers beyond 100. </div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheets-DIGITAL-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1423469?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20SecondGrade" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Second Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="408" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-8lBw_8Sd-ys/YO4kfRRUsiI/AAAAAAAALDo/6bqVKbp261UORG-ICEbVQg2tuL46nGDJwCLcBGAsYHQ/w271-h408/Copy%2Bof%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2B%25281%2529.png" title="2nd grade number of the day" width="271" /></a></div><br />Second grade brings the addition of fact families and equations. Students will begin to connect the dots with the previous skills they learned in first grade and kindergarten. It is so much fun to watch all of the growth happen!</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">During the beginning of second grade, it is important to conduct an informal assessment of your new students so that you can see what they have mastered and what, if anything, they are struggling with. This will help you as you plan out your math instruction and guided math groups.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Skills to Assess:</h3><div style="text-align: left;"><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Count forward and backward to 120</li><li>Count by 2, 5, and 10 to 120</li><li>10 more/10 less</li><li>Place value to 100</li><li>Ways to make numbers to 30 using models, numbers, and ten frames</li><li>Fact Families</li><li>Addition/Subtraction Strategies using models and equations</li><li>Comparing numbers using place value</li></ul></div><div style="text-align: left;">There will be lots of new skills to practice along the way like counting/skip counting to 1,000, writing number words to 120, creating models with larger numbers, and adding within 100. By incorporating <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheets-DIGITAL-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1423469?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20SecondGrade" target="_blank">Second Grade Number of the Day</a> into your math block or morning work routine you can be confident in knowing that your students will get the repetition they need with all of these skills.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-Worksheets-DIGITAL-Bundle-Number-Sense-Activities-All-Year-1423469?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20SecondGrade" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Second Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-C83-9t283z4/YOM-fAWXVYI/AAAAAAAAK9M/0dTZ6A4hebkko_F4cmuEE_OMAn6t6PEswCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/Copy%2Bof%2BSlide2.JPG" title="second grade number of the day" width="400" /></a></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">3rd Grade Number Concepts</h2></div><div style="text-align: left;"><span id="docs-internal-guid-eb9ad226-7fff-4054-0ac3-d75332fc4956"><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Third-Grade-Bundle-4735382?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20ThirdGrade" style="clear: right; float: right; font-size: 18.72px; font-weight: 700; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Third Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="457" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-tTIKqrGyIoY/YO40jBXeNFI/AAAAAAAALDw/kczj39qVjig1t1C4BaAHyji6MUo4MAuowCLcBGAsYHQ/w304-h457/Copy%2Bof%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2B%25282%2529.png" title="3rd grade number of the day" width="304" /></a>In third grade, students will move to thousands and beyond. Up until this time students have been focused primarily on 3 digit numbers. Students will build on their understanding of place value to move into larger numbers. It is important to make sure students have an understanding of these concepts before moving on. This is where that informal assessment comes in to play. You can quickly identify and address any issues that students are having at the beginning of the year. This will help to ensure that the new concepts have a solid foundation to build on. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Skills to Assess:</h3><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Count within 1,000</li><li>Write number words to 120</li><li>Build and write 3 digit numbers</li><li>Place value to 1,000</li><li>Fluently add/subtract within 20</li><li>Add/subtract from 100 using different strategies</li><li>Add/subtract 3 digit numbers</li><li>Compare 3 digit numbers using place value</li></ul><div>Lots of practice will take place building and using arrays, adding within 1,000, and using place value with larger numbers, You will need to introduce area models to build these skills. And...you guessed it! <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Third-Grade-Bundle-4735382?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20ThirdGrade" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> activities are perfect for this.</div></div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Third-Grade-Bundle-4735382?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=NumberoftheDayPost%20ThirdGrade" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Third Grade Number of the Day will give students the practice they need to develop solid number sense skills" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="400" src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-6n1Rdr-TTHs/YOM-5TDtW2I/AAAAAAAAK9U/qL9rENnZ64wb03SJA_1dWJeEXiDBwfl0gCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/Slide2%2B%25281%2529.JPG" title="third grade number of the day" width="400" /></a></div></div><div><div><h2>Assessment Made Easy</h2></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/anecdotalnotesfreebie" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="sample anecodtal notes form - grab this free resource" border="0" data-original-height="1056" data-original-width="816" height="407" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-zqBsOoDt9TQ/YO45SdnN1YI/AAAAAAAALD4/9-tutF7AufcOvDKaz7RqFbR8ym7wh-RggCLcBGAsYHQ/w314-h407/anecdotal.notes.first.grade.Jen.1.jpg" title="anecdotal notes" width="314" /></a></div>I've done a lot of talking so far about the importance of doing informal assessments at the beginning of the school year. There is so much information you can learn just by observing and doing some informal checks. But these informal assessments don't have to be hard or time consuming. In fact, it can be as easy as jotting down a couple notes for each student.</div><div><br /></div><div><i>Teacher Tip:</i> Don't be overwhelmed with all the things that you feel like need to be assessed. You don't need to do them all at once. Take your time and get to know your students! </div><div><br /></div><div>For many years I have been using the anecdotal notes as a means of keeping data through informal observation and assessments. What started out as a notepad has turned into an editable digital page that allows me to quickly document student progress and access data for all my students in one place. </div><div><br /></div><div>I start using anecdotal notes at the beginning of the year and continue with them throughout the school year. They become a key component of my data binder and I refer to these notes often as I plan. </div><div><br /></div><div>After gathering all of the beginning of the year information, I use the data to assign small group assignments and make adjustments from there.This helps me to figure out what my students already know and what areas I need to focus on more intensely in both small group and whole group instruction. </div><div><br /></div><div>I've put together my anecdotal notes forms for you to use in your classroom! There's a version for each grade - kindergarten thru third grade and they are ready for you to use with your students. There is also an editable form where you can add any skill or concept you are monitoring. I've also included the master sheet I use to quickly see each student's level and to assign small groups with ease.</div><div><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><b><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/anecdotalnotesfreebie" target="_blank"><span style="font-size: large;">You can grab this exclusive free resource here!</span></a></b></div><div style="text-align: center;"><b><br /></b></div><div style="text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/anecdotalnotesfreebie" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Free anecdotal notes resource for teachers to use in data tracking and informal assessments" border="0" data-original-height="650" data-original-width="644" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-d_e9ryxX6xk/YO48IOh4ujI/AAAAAAAALEA/ptqafOc51wADKd2a--Nzc-gri-gSp_ysgCLcBGAsYHQ/w317-h320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-07-13%2Bat%2B7.54.42%2BPM.png" title="free anecdotal notes" width="317" /></a></div></div><div><h2>Number of the Day Resources</h2>Help your students master these important number sense concepts by incorporating Number of the Day into your daily routine. I believe in using Number of the Day so strongly that I want you to try it out in your classroom. There's nothing like the consistent review and reinforcement of skills to help our students master these number sense concepts.</div><div style="font-size: medium; font-weight: 400;"><br /></div><div style="font-size: medium;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Price-Range/Free/Category/-Number-of-the-Day-34403?ref=filter/price" target="_blank"><b>Try Number of the Day for FREE in your classroom</b></a><b>. </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just grab the set that best meets your needs and try them every day for a week. Use them as morning work or as a math warm-up. They also make a great topic for math talks. </span></div><div style="font-size: medium;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /></span></div><div style="font-size: medium;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">I hope that after trying Number of the Day you see the benefit for your students and are excited to add them to your math routine.</span></div><div style="font-size: medium;"><span style="font-weight: normal;"><br /></span></div><div style="font-size: medium;"><span style="font-weight: normal;">You can find <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Number-of-the-Day-34403" target="_blank">monthly sets</a> or <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Number-of-the-Day-Bundles-142243" target="_blank">year long bundles</a> in my store at Teachers Pay Teachers.</span></div></div></span></div></span></div></div><div><span id="docs-internal-guid-75d8c3be-7fff-6719-c804-4c2978948f96"><h2 style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><br /></h2><h2 style="line-height: 1.2; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">Pin It and Save It!</h2><div>Be sure to save this pin to your favorite math board so you can quickly come back for more tips and ideas for teaching math.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-XzKqC9XTFH4/YONTss_Jd0I/AAAAAAAAK-Y/ubDPp34XurMpvdqa9U8clK9M5mqIhP6FgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Using%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2Bto%2BDevelop%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2BHeader%2BMrs.%2BBalius%2Bpin%2Bimage.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-XzKqC9XTFH4/YONTss_Jd0I/AAAAAAAAK-Y/ubDPp34XurMpvdqa9U8clK9M5mqIhP6FgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Using%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2Bto%2BDevelop%2BNumber%2BConcepts%2BHeader%2BMrs.%2BBalius%2Bpin%2Bimage.png" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div></span></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-73462667086380965162021-05-28T12:13:00.000-05:002021-05-28T12:13:32.426-05:00Problem Solving: Comparing Problems<div>Welcome back to the final post in this problem solving series. In this post we are going to talk about the last group of addition and subtraction problem solving problem types - the comparing problems. Before you jump in, I would suggest that you take a few minutes and start at the beginning. Each post in this series builds upon the last so, while you can absolutely start here, <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">starting at the beginning</a> lays the foundation. Get ready to take your problem solving instruction to the next level!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dZHRCDkBfTo/YLBVsizGYOI/AAAAAAAAKpI/Dq12q85MwlYNhrMe92r_8-ATCiwpVoknwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Problem%2BSolving%2BComparing%2BProblems.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dZHRCDkBfTo/YLBVsizGYOI/AAAAAAAAKpI/Dq12q85MwlYNhrMe92r_8-ATCiwpVoknwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Problem%2BSolving%2BComparing%2BProblems.png" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What are Comparing Problems?</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-O6YniS_jgc8/YLEDSVbBb4I/AAAAAAAAKp4/LYXiSuXzrYQ-xocA4ZO4qHGlaXIXOmDQgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/5.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="teach students a variety of different problem types to help them master problem solving" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="307" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-O6YniS_jgc8/YLEDSVbBb4I/AAAAAAAAKp4/LYXiSuXzrYQ-xocA4ZO4qHGlaXIXOmDQgCLcBGAsYHQ/w307-h307/5.png" title="draw a pic comparing" width="307" /></a></div>In math, when we hear the word comparing, we automatically jump to comparing numbers with greater than and less than. Comparing numbers is the foundational skill to the comparing problem solving type. While we don't use the > and < symbols or the vocabulary "greater than", "less than" or equal to, the math concept is the same. </div><div><br /></div><div>However, one main difference between comparing numbers and the comparing problem solving type is that these problems often go one step further. Instead of just comparing the numbers, these problems add in an addition or subtraction component and ask "how many more" or "how many fewer".</div><div><br /></div><div>It's this combination of these two skills that make this the most difficult of all the problem solving types. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Three Types of Comparing Problems</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-NAgiGKPMqCE/YLEDw2L78QI/AAAAAAAAKqI/EHgWHNyUq8szTEjbQsO8vvF8B36Pd-clACLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/4.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="comparing problems are the fourth problem solving type" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="428" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-NAgiGKPMqCE/YLEDw2L78QI/AAAAAAAAKqI/EHgWHNyUq8szTEjbQsO8vvF8B36Pd-clACLcBGAsYHQ/w285-h428/4.png" title="comparing example" width="285" /></a></div>There are three different types of comparing problems that we need to introduce our students to:</div><div><br /></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>Comparing when the difference is unknown</li><li>Comparing when the smaller part is unknown</li><li>Comparing when the larger part is unknown</li></ol><div><br /></div><div>We are going to dive into each of these problem types and how I'd teach them in my classroom.</div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Comparing When the Difference is Unknown</h2><div>Comparing with the difference unknown is the most common and most basic of all of the comparing problems. These problems often introduce students to two groups and ask how many more or how many fewer one of the groups has than the other. These problems will have students subtracting or counting up to solve the problem.</div><div><br /></div><div>As you teach this problem type, it is important to focus on what is happening. As we've talked about throughout this series, it is important that students see the context of the problem. One main goal when teaching this problem type is that students see the difference between these and the separating problems. While both will use subtraction concepts, one involves and action of separation and one is merely a comparison of two groups.</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's a comparing when the difference is unknown problem and some strategies I'd teach my students to use with it.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='451' height='375' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dxfQYxkLVx8EaM8LpTBNBcjvkouqh-SZ9Rl3irGL0sndlhHk624kejU4tWV57Xl3a49lAfw-nJ_ZVwWI6Eqng' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div>As you can see, there are many great tools and strategies students can use to solve these problems. I love teaching my students ALL the different strategies. Since each student is unique and students have a variety of learning styles, you never know which strategy will be the one that gives them the "ah-ha" lightbulb moment we all love to see. <div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Comparing When a Part is Unknown </h2><div>This problem solving type introduces students to one group and then provides a clue to how many more or fewer are in the second group. With these two problem types, I love to make my students math detectives. I start by explaining what a detective is. I teach students that detectives look for clues in order to figure out what is happening. Then I explain that sometimes in math, we have to use clues to answer problems.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-b4MeRUiDeRU/YLEFdWoO2NI/AAAAAAAAKqQ/ZzLEZQX6mCAZnWwO2w4YHjyG7XMIQYFSgCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/Problem%2BSolving%2BComparing%2BProblems-2.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1428" data-original-width="2000" height="359" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-b4MeRUiDeRU/YLEFdWoO2NI/AAAAAAAAKqQ/ZzLEZQX6mCAZnWwO2w4YHjyG7XMIQYFSgCLcBGAsYHQ/w503-h359/Problem%2BSolving%2BComparing%2BProblems-2.png" width="503" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>As I present students with their first sample problem, I model in my best detective ways how I look for clues. If you want to really peak student interest, then wear your favorite trench coat and a large magnifying glass as you teach this lesson. I start by reading the problem aloud and then giving my best thinking pose. Then I start to read again, and after I read the first part of the problem I give a <i>big</i> "Ah-Ha! I found a clue!" I write the first clue on the board and have students help me determine what the clue means. This first clue is often the statement that there are two groups. I draw two large circles or lines on the board and we label each one with the group name.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-PFsrIpQEPhM/YLEH2YwyVYI/AAAAAAAAKqY/MOPbYldZxXoYu05uGfpU4RTfM3uojITXwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/comparing%2B%2Bproblems%2Bportrait.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Become math detectives as you search for problem solving clues" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="503" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-PFsrIpQEPhM/YLEH2YwyVYI/AAAAAAAAKqY/MOPbYldZxXoYu05uGfpU4RTfM3uojITXwCLcBGAsYHQ/w335-h503/comparing%2B%2Bproblems%2Bportrait.png" title="math detective" width="335" /></a></div><br />Next, I keep reading as I look for another clue. Once again, I use my best award-winning acting skills to make a big deal about finding a clue. This next clue is often the known group so we draw it in the correct place so that we connect clue 1 and clue 2. </div><div><br /></div><div>Finally we find our last clue. This time, the clue tells how many more or fewer we will find in the next group. I start by writing this out with just a couple words, like "Black 2 fewer" or "Green Apples 3 more." Then I focus in on the important word (more, fewer, less) and ask students to think about when we've heard that before. There might be a some guesses, but usually within just a minute someone will make the connection to addition or subtraction. Once that connection is made, we go back and write our clue using the addition and subtraction sign. It might look like: "Black -2" or "Green Apples +3." </div><div><br /></div><div>This process, while it might seem repetitive to us as teachers, is what helps build the bridge in the minds of our students. And it is this that is so much more important than just teaching keywords. By going through this process we are really teaching our students how to visualize the problem and identify the context. This visualization is so much more important than knowing keywords. When students can <i>see</i> what is happening, they can use their reasoning skills to solve the problem no matter what words are used. But when students are taught only keywords, they get easily stumped when a problem is worded in a different way.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Larger Part Unknown</h3><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AXQiDx7BPR0/YLEIUUumxiI/AAAAAAAAKqg/L07krEK7TLk0zFu3oZBqres4AX2TjjIkQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/6.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Students can learn to understand abstract problems by drawing what is happening" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AXQiDx7BPR0/YLEIUUumxiI/AAAAAAAAKqg/L07krEK7TLk0zFu3oZBqres4AX2TjjIkQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/6.png" title="MMP Comparing 1" width="320" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>In these problems, the small group is known and students will be determining the size of the larger group using addition or counting on. Here's an example of some strategies I use in my instruction.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='439' height='365' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dz3i4ZWOloElTiMbYLrwmBXY1o71PrQkEGQTzEAqZK5vIomGi52hMTD4RaftRG1HSHXIjhgYrrVu6lfQ4_Wsw' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><h3>Smaller Part Unknown</h3><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yuJr5DSWsP0/YLEIx5FpzBI/AAAAAAAAKqo/fSR7OpN8nq8DmQ5ECUO35WhJjeh50jSVwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="bar models are a great problem solving strategy to help students visualize" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yuJr5DSWsP0/YLEIx5FpzBI/AAAAAAAAKqo/fSR7OpN8nq8DmQ5ECUO35WhJjeh50jSVwCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/1.png" title="comparing bar models" width="320" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>In this problem type, students are provided with the larger group and asked to determine how many fewer are in the other group. Here, students will use subtraction concepts to find the answer. However, setting the problem up as a subtraction equation is just one of many strategies. Check out the strategies I use with my students in this short video.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='432' height='359' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dypBpXlW-Z5s9Br9LpQ4UuTFtZ00q0zDIi_1wyXDPIRAez0lJDP5ewwKbYWOA5PbHoH9v37toNDGYupOPavqA' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><div>One benefit to teaching the different solving strategies that I've shown here is that many times, a student struggling with addition or subtraction concepts makes the connection to these strategies and is able to help them with basic equations too! That's a win-win!</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Practice Comparing Problems</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-0ZvdkrFT5Pw/YLEI79evafI/AAAAAAAAKqs/oi9PXzz0b8A9OYKJQ5MqDbAEbqyVNzVHgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/8.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="Using a variety of problem solving strategies helps students better understand problem context." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="428" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-0ZvdkrFT5Pw/YLEI79evafI/AAAAAAAAKqs/oi9PXzz0b8A9OYKJQ5MqDbAEbqyVNzVHgCLcBGAsYHQ/w285-h428/8.png" title="problem solving using ten frames" width="285" /></a></div>If you've been through the series then you know I follow the same practice procedures any time I introduce a new skill or concept. With our young learners, it is important to always start with hands-on manipulatives that help make the abstract concepts of math more concrete. Hands-on learning also helps students to develop that important skill of visualizing what is happening. </div><div><br /></div><div>From there, we move to paper practice using a variety of different strategies. These two can also be combined in centers where students start with hands-on building and then transfer what they built to paper using drawing and/or words. </div><div><br /></div><div>My go-to practice for problem solving is Mega Math Practice because it includes a variety of practice activities using all the strategies I've taught here and more! It's a great way to expose students to lots of different problem solving methods without adding more time or work to your schedule. We all know there's very few teachers who have time for that!</div><div><br /></div><div>Here are the Comparing Problem practice sets I use in my math classroom.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Comparing-Difference-Unknown-Mega-Math-Practice-1OA1-4854561?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=ComparingProblems" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice problem solving bundle will help you provide your students with quality problem solving practice and save you time!" border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-EYHHBCtCotI/YLECLetUbrI/AAAAAAAAKpg/SJDcyBxqEOIbXzvmIVqMAlmAyYwQoGglgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/comparing%2Bdifference%2Bunknown.jpg" title="MMP Comparing 1" width="320" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Comparing-Small-Part-Unknown-Mega-Math-Practice-1OA1-4854565?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=ComparingProblems" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice problem solving bundle will help you provide your students with quality problem solving practice and save you time!" border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yZst6Ze_URA/YLECbnvMciI/AAAAAAAAKpo/gSDCGOG5l58y02gvxBt9uyh5i3No0JgJQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/comparing%2Bsmall%2Bunknown.jpg" title="MMP Comparing 2" width="320" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Comparing-Large-Part-Unknown-Mega-Math-Practice-1OA1-4854567?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=ComparingProblems" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice problem solving bundle will help you provide your students with quality problem solving practice and save you time!" border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-txHFRSM8Y1E/YLECrgaCkZI/AAAAAAAAKpw/9-O5t6DAbHka4WfJWtI--rv95x8v4ncmgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/comparing%2Blarge%2Bunknown.jpg" title="MMP Comparing 3" width="320" /></a></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">You can try these comparing problems practice activities with your students by grabbing this <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/2t26t9xcs4">FREE Resource</a>! It will give you a look at all the great practice your students will get from Mega Math Practice.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/2t26t9xcs4" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Grab this free problem solving resource for your classroom." border="0" data-original-height="668" data-original-width="670" height="319" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-oZTXYhZj7cU/YLEZIl6b1vI/AAAAAAAAKrA/vea06NVujOga_MPKBPrVX2dSihN7-Fz5QCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h319/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-05-28%2Bat%2B11.22.00%2BAM.png" title="MMP Comparing problems freebie" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Wrapping Up . . .</h2><div>After 5 weeks, I can't believe that we have come to the end of our problem solving journey. I have loved digging in with you and helping unpack the ins and outs of addition and subtraction problem solving types. I hope that these posts and videos have provided you with some new ideas that you can add to your problem solving toolbox. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2-otWUIivhk/YLEJ9B9sXbI/AAAAAAAAKq4/Ql5Wck7i5LUBr7wvsjLaRL5vuHtzwP4hQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/2.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1428" data-original-width="2000" height="323" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2-otWUIivhk/YLEJ9B9sXbI/AAAAAAAAKq4/Ql5Wck7i5LUBr7wvsjLaRL5vuHtzwP4hQCLcBGAsYHQ/w454-h323/2.png" width="454" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Here's a few of the most important concepts to remember when teaching your young students problem solving:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Teach students to VISUALIZE what is happening</li><li>Provide students with a variety of STRATEGIES to use when solving</li><li>Celebrate that we can solve problems in DIFFERENT ways and still get the same answer</li><li>Focus on the CONTEXT</li><li>PRACTICE, practice, practice by starting with concrete, hands-on opportunities and slowly moving more abstract.</li></ul></div><div>And . . . if you want to save some time and fill your toolbox with ready to use practice problems for all 11 problem then grab the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=ComparingProblems" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Bundle</a> from Teachers Pay Teachers.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=ComparingProblems" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice problem solving bundle will help you provide your students with quality problem solving practice and save you time!" border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-794_gWPULgg/YLD8-s-Gh3I/AAAAAAAAKpQ/d9kYi7J3EQUqUmp8JGZWR6-Evex8kdW-wCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/problemsolvingbundle.jpg" title="MMP Problem Solving Bundle" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">The Problem Solving Series</h2><div>I want to make sure that you can quickly and easily access any of the posts from this problem solving series. While I feel starting from the beginning is best in order to get the foundation, you can also jump right to the post that will help with your current teaching needs. And . . . don't forget to grab the freebie in each post!</div><div><ol><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">The 11 Types of Addition and Subtraction Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/problem-solving-joining.html" target="_blank">How I Teach Problem Solving & The Joining Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/05/separating-problems.html" target="_blank">The Separating Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/05/part-part-whole.html" target="_blank">Part-Part-Whole Problem Solving Group</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/05/comparing-problems.html" target="_blank">Comparing Problems and Wrap-Up</a></li></ol><p></p></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Problem Solving Tips and Strategies</h2><div>Problem solving is something you teach year after year. And while we can use some of the same strategies you never know when you'll need to pull something new from your teacher toolbox. Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can quickly come back for tips, ideas and problem solving strategies. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OluCEzy2AUo/YLD-lBv6efI/AAAAAAAAKpY/jsabSvAJOokV8LVRvTFcNvebOLS7rPKGgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/1.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OluCEzy2AUo/YLD-lBv6efI/AAAAAAAAKpY/jsabSvAJOokV8LVRvTFcNvebOLS7rPKGgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/1.png" /></a></div><div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-62200194352812997012021-05-19T18:38:00.000-05:002021-05-19T18:38:18.085-05:00Problem Solving: Part - Part - Whole Problem GroupEveryday, real-world math is problem solving. That's why it is so important that our students understand the problem solving process. I hope that you are enjoying this blog series and have gotten some helpful tips and ideas for teaching problem solving that you can use in your classroom. Today we are moving to our next problem type, the Part-Part-Whole problem. <div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-5xuuVp9JCvU/YKVTlt0Ot8I/AAAAAAAAKlc/iGOxfLFvY6skUAg0PeDpHYuQ-QD1rLSSACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-5xuuVp9JCvU/YKVTlt0Ot8I/AAAAAAAAKlc/iGOxfLFvY6skUAg0PeDpHYuQ-QD1rLSSACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/1.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Problem Solving in the Primary Grades</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-_wnt4hh1TZ0/YKVqWQY_DkI/AAAAAAAAKmU/Kzi4dkthDFQ6_7qFST3A9s6VXJatDxwAACLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/PartPartWhole%2BProblem%2BSolving%2B-2.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="346" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-_wnt4hh1TZ0/YKVqWQY_DkI/AAAAAAAAKmU/Kzi4dkthDFQ6_7qFST3A9s6VXJatDxwAACLcBGAsYHQ/w346-h346/PartPartWhole%2BProblem%2BSolving%2B-2.png" width="346" /></a></div>As teachers it is imperative that we give our students a solid foundation in problem solving. This means moving beyond teaching key words and teaching our students how to think through what is happening in a problem in order to determine the appropriate math steps to take. </div><div><br /></div><div>If you missed the first few posts in this series, I highly recommend that you go back because there is so much great information to help you teach problem solving skills in your classroom. If this is the first post you've seen, here's what you've missed:</div><div><br /></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">The 11 Types of Addition and Subtraction Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/problem-solving-joining.html" target="_blank">The Joining Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/05/separating-problems.html" target="_blank">The Separating Problems</a></li></ol></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What are Part-Part-Whole Problems?</h2><div>Part-part-whole problems are those addition and subtraction problems where you have two parts that together make up a whole. You might be wondering how this is different from the joining and separating problems... Well, there's one important difference - CONTEXT!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-prwWQLHgye4/YKVqjOPXIFI/AAAAAAAAKmY/3XosfkrgQQIV1JdZmMT5PyD1slteO_-MwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/3.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-prwWQLHgye4/YKVqjOPXIFI/AAAAAAAAKmY/3XosfkrgQQIV1JdZmMT5PyD1slteO_-MwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/3.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>In the joining and separating problems ,we focused on getting students to see the action that was happening. One group joins another group to make a bigger group. Or, some of a group leaves to make a smaller group. There is a start, a change, and an end. There is action in these problem types, and we want our students to see that.</div><div><br /></div><div>In the part-part-whole problem group, there is no action. The start and the end are the same because nothing is joining or leaving. Instead, we focused on two different parts of a group that make up the whole. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-VarvspYq3FU/YKVZM8NgODI/AAAAAAAAKlk/fE0wdUlovoU4HWOpfz_QKkG_hq_GiF4swCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/PartPartWhole%2BProblem%2BSolving%2B.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-VarvspYq3FU/YKVZM8NgODI/AAAAAAAAKlk/fE0wdUlovoU4HWOpfz_QKkG_hq_GiF4swCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/PartPartWhole%2BProblem%2BSolving%2B.png" /></a></div><br />Here's an example: </div><div><br /></div><div>Look at this group of pumpkins. The group is already formed. No more pumpkins are being added and none will be taken away. Instead of having one of those actions, we want to break down our information by the color of the pumpkins. We have two orange pumpkins and one white pumpkin. Now our focus will be on the total number of pumpkins.</div><div><br /></div><div>You see, in the real world there aren't always actions happening. Sometimes we just need to take inventory of what we have, and this often includes breaking down into "sub-groups" that we call parts.</div><div><br /></div><div>While this example is really simple, a real world application could include much larger numbers or a group with more than 2 parts.</div><div><br /></div><div>While the math concepts of addition and subtraction will remain the same, it is important that students see the different contexts in which the mathematical operations can be used.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Part-Part-Whole Problem Types</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Help your students master part part whole problems with these fun and engaging Mega Math Practice problem solving resources" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="384" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dLbJ1EZm3wc/YKV0mbosQVI/AAAAAAAAKmo/RG0R8S_ZV_EQ6su-I5eQMvsRIUIA27rXwCLcBGAsYHQ/w256-h384/4.png" title="PPW Write About It" width="256" /></a></div>There are two types of problems that fall into this problem solving group. The addition problems are where the whole is unknown and the subtraction problems are where one part is unknown. Let's dig into each of these problem types and how you might teach them in your classroom.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">1. Whole Unknown</h3><div>When you have a problem where you know the two parts of a group but you don't know the total group, then you have a Whole Unknown problem type. These problems are addition problems. I actually like to teach these problems along with the Joining Problems since both use the the same addition concepts. </div><div><br /></div><div>Once students are comfortable with the joining process, they are ready to use addition to put two parts together without there being an actual joining action. As you introduce these problems, make sure to have students visualize the problem. It's important for them to see that addition is used in different situations.</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's an example of how I might teach a Whole Unknown problem in my classroom:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='434' height='361' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dwnhpFeEWMYmQF2ECryu8WQj8QdHeGYUSFz2XKRLXx-ngF-AWmWJvIMP67qtME0SQv5hnQng6gsUslYi7whHA' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><h3 style="text-align: left;">2. Part Unknown</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Teach students important problem solving skills and the part part whole problem solving type with these Mega Math Practice resources" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="392" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-v-3ULUiB8kA/YKV03wZgVZI/AAAAAAAAKmw/Z5zF0bnJmzk12fcdt_fGcnZrRWJF8pkvwCLcBGAsYHQ/w261-h392/3.png" title="PPW Ten Frame" width="261" /></a></div>The second type of problem in this group is when one of the parts is the unknown. These problems connect to your subtraction concepts and are great to teach along side the Separating problems. Before introducing students to the fact that there are different types of problems, make sure that they are understanding the subtraction concepts first. When we throw too many different things at them, we can cause confusion and frustration. So make sure to lay the groundwork first, then show them the different times that subtraction can be used.</div><div><br /></div><div>When looking at part unknown problems you can find the missing part in both the first and second positions. However, the math students will use will be the same. </div><div><br /></div><div>Here's an example of how I would teach this type of problem to my students and the strategies that I would use:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='433' height='360' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dzh9OfevmRL4hVG-stKyLaj3W_ipDm-moHZXcJ3N0GEXbEYELkfq5jr2Mof-5_CxuHESmGWzFSha7xx76AjiA' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">Helping Students Master Part-Part-Whole</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-TI6LwYpw-aA/YKViljPW-aI/AAAAAAAAKls/E3cHSYkBemEp_E4A46XX6pxrvOVIheZTQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Problem%2BSolving%2BPartPartWhole.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="412" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-TI6LwYpw-aA/YKViljPW-aI/AAAAAAAAKls/E3cHSYkBemEp_E4A46XX6pxrvOVIheZTQCLcBGAsYHQ/w274-h412/Problem%2BSolving%2BPartPartWhole.png" width="274" /></a></div>Now that we have understanding of this problem type, it's important to provide students with the instruction and practice opportunities to help them reach mastery. In my math classroom, 90% of my math instruction happens in the small group setting. I love this because I can really tune into each student, their understanding and their needs. </div><div><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Start with Hands-On Learning</h3><div>I always start instruction and practice with physical objects that the students can move. For these problem types, using one manipulative that is available in two colors is perfect. The goal is for the two groups to have something in common (the common group) but to also be separated in some way to make the different parts. Another option is two different parts with a more common generality like two types of animals or two types of food.</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's some hands-on manipulatives that are perfect for introducing part-part-whole problems:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>colored counting cubes</li><li>buttons</li><li>pom poms</li><li>counting bears</li><li>colored clothes pins </li></ul><div>These are all fairly easy to find and make for a great hands-on lesson. As you introduce these, have students create the entire group first. This is really important to help them differentiate these problems from a joining or separating problem. If we have them add one color and then the next, they are likely to connect that to the joining action. </div></div><div><br /></div><div>A fun way to do this is to have some small paper or plastic cups with the manipulatives already inside. Then have students dump them all on the table at one time to create the whole group. Help students connect this as the whole. Then have students separate the group into the two parts and help them connect this to the vocabulary term 'part'. </div><div><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Move into Paper Practice</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Part Part Whole Problem Solving practice problems in print and digitalformats" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="377" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--9AShjb6CFk/YKV0bONAmHI/AAAAAAAAKmk/7vp9uZta27gNT0w-86Tqxi0KR0eaZkyBgCLcBGAsYHQ/w251-h377/2.png" title="PPW Draw a Model" width="251" /></a></div>Once students have an understanding of the concepts then they are ready to move into paper and pencil practice. My favorite practice resource is <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a> because it is jam-packed with ready to use problems for each problem type. I don't know about you, but sometimes I dream about word problems, but then when it's time to make one up while I'm teaching I draw a total blank! That's why I love having these already made problems that are ready to go! </div><div><br /></div><div>When putting together Mega Math Practice, I also made sure to include a variety of different math strategies. This way you can be confident knowing that your students are being exposed to numerous strategies and practice for each of them. Students will work on drawing a picture, creating bar models, using ten frames and writing about the problem. An easy way to create a well-rounded math program that will support students no matter their learning style.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Try Your Free Mega Math Practice for Part-Part-Whole Problems</h2><div>I know how helpful these resources can be for teachers and students alike. That's why I want you to try them out in your classroom for free. These <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/yq6sg1dyhc" target="_blank">Free Part-Part-Whole resources</a> will help your students practice these important problem solving skills.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/yq6sg1dyhc" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="646" data-original-width="644" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-hF_U2QA9DLQ/YKWBbjQE6NI/AAAAAAAAKm4/-qiAjTJYd8o23WZbnCg-T7-xoFkR6td8QCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-05-19%2Bat%2B4.20.46%2BPM.png" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div>You can also find the full Mega Math Practice in both printable and digital formats. You can find the Part-Part-Whole problem solving practice in my store at Teachers Pay Teachers.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Part-Part-Whole-Whole-Unknown-1OA1-4854557?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-A-mtuXuqyXY/YKVoYETuymI/AAAAAAAAKl0/bZzKQX85pocukQENEjTtNCc0HaIeZQiMQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-4854557-1.jpg" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Part-Part-Whole-Part-Unknown-1OA1-4854558?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-N4OW6M_Wvt8/YKVolkcEPuI/AAAAAAAAKl4/WXUzaoctgukBKWNgLhR-JdqudgzDaLuHgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-4854558-1.jpg" /></a></div><br /><div>And . . . if you are ready to fill your teacher toolbox with ready to use problems for all 11 types of problem solving problems, you can grab the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Bundle</a> and be ready for the entire year!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Part-Part-Whole" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-hXDzoT_Q7aY/YKVpGY1Qq1I/AAAAAAAAKmE/J1oPEAL41BkdbRxcjbdtOVywaPNTb8eDgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-2962130-1.jpeg" /></a></div><br /><div style="text-align: left;">Don't miss the final post in this problem solving series! Sign-up to get notified by email with the last post is published. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Ideas</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so that you can quickly come back for more problem solving and math tips and ideas.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-J9vtbE9LrH8/YKVpmtZOPOI/AAAAAAAAKmM/NuxlH1rSgtAk1Sd8SgGrjkuo8Mr_6_n-gCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/1.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-J9vtbE9LrH8/YKVpmtZOPOI/AAAAAAAAKmM/NuxlH1rSgtAk1Sd8SgGrjkuo8Mr_6_n-gCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/1.png" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><div style="text-align: left;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; display: inline; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-86078073049376928852021-05-11T11:01:00.004-05:002021-05-26T20:24:00.017-05:00Problem Solving: Separating Problem GroupI hope you are enjoying this series on the 11 different types of addition and subtraction problem-solving. Today we are jumping into the second group of problems, the separating problems. If you are looking specifically for separating problem-solving information, then absolutely keep reading because you are in the right place. But . . . if you have time I'd highly recommend that you start with <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">the overview of the 11 problem solving types</a> and <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/problem-solving-joining.html" target="_blank">how I teach problem solving and the joining problem solving group</a>. These first two posts of this series lay the foundation for the remaining posts. And . . . you don't want to miss the free resources that are waiting for you in each post. <div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-LvypS4kwlMk/YJbk2mnDAxI/AAAAAAAAKYc/koZdoGWb_L0dCLgRHEdkErFWKvwbk7w5ACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="3 of the 11 types of problem solving problems are separating problems for subtraction" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-LvypS4kwlMk/YJbk2mnDAxI/AAAAAAAAKYc/koZdoGWb_L0dCLgRHEdkErFWKvwbk7w5ACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/1.png" title="separating header" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div><p style="text-align: left;">This is the third post of the problem solving series. Want to start at the beginning?</p><p style="text-align: left;"></p><ol style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">The 11 Types of Addition and Subtraction Problems</a></li><li><a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/problem-solving-joining.html" target="_blank">How I Teach Problem Solving & The Joining Problems</a></li></ol><p></p><h2 style="text-align: left;">The Separating Problems</h2><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E8Qm795LDmQ/YJdIlmKy3WI/AAAAAAAAKZ8/hCwIj6gPaVc28X0izAcZgvngray4NQbnwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="subtraction problem solving is the separating group" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E8Qm795LDmQ/YJdIlmKy3WI/AAAAAAAAKZ8/hCwIj6gPaVc28X0izAcZgvngray4NQbnwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/2.png" title="subtraction" width="400" /></a></div><br />Today we are going to dive right into the second group of problem-solving problems - the separating problems. Separating problems are the opposite of the joining problems that we discussed in the last post. In separating problems, there is an action--movement--taking away. </div><div><br /></div><div>While this concept is generally introduced in kindergarten, it becomes a focus concept in first and second grade. By the time students leave second grade, they should have a very solid understanding of subtraction concepts both in equation and problem solving forms.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Three Types of Separating Problems</h2><div><div style="color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2VzUUXEBQ6g/YJdI3KxWVGI/AAAAAAAAKaE/k68-GK4J1U4KGJLO37srVCbIAuzcbdSIACLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/2.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2VzUUXEBQ6g/YJdI3KxWVGI/AAAAAAAAKaE/k68-GK4J1U4KGJLO37srVCbIAuzcbdSIACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/2.png" /></a></div><br />There are three distinct types of separating problems:</div><div style="color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div><div style="color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><ol style="line-height: inherit; list-style: initial; margin: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; padding-left: 2em !important; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px; padding: 0px 0px 0px 2em;"><li style="list-style: decimal; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Difference Unknown</li><li style="list-style: decimal; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Change Unknown</li><li style="list-style: decimal; margin: 0px 0px 0.25em; padding: 0px;">Start Unknown</li></ol><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;">In this article, we are going to dig into each of these subtraction problem types and how you can teach them to your students.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">1. Separating Problems with the Difference Unknown</h2><div>When you think of traditional subtraction problems - this is it. You have the starting number and the change, but the goal is to determine the amount that remains or the difference (the answer to a subtraction problem). This type of problem is the most basic of all subtraction problems and should be your starting place when introducing the concept of separating.</div><div><br /></div><div>As with any new concept, remember that it is important to start in the most concrete way possible. For young students, this means touching physical objects and completing the action of separating some from the group. It is this hands-on connection that helps students begin to internalize the concept of separating. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-J1HQKnDxB2Q/YJbqd0vPBlI/AAAAAAAAKYk/1wJagknpjL8x0FsnkkFpi1rqhViSfm_TQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/6.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-J1HQKnDxB2Q/YJbqd0vPBlI/AAAAAAAAKYk/1wJagknpjL8x0FsnkkFpi1rqhViSfm_TQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/6.png" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div>This is how I would introduce separating to my students. If you have a group set of manipulatives (they don't all have to be the same). I love to begin by having students build the starting set. At their desk on the carpet in front of them have students build the starting group for a problem. </div><div><br /></div><div>I like to do this by reading the problem in parts. Using the image above, I would say "There are 7 slugs." (You can change this to match your manipulatives). Let's build a group of 7 to represent the 7 slugs." Then I'd give the students time to build. Then I would say something like "2 slugs crawled away. Let's make those slugs crawl away." I'd model taking 2 manipulatives and moving them away from the group, and then I'd have my students do the same. Then I'd finish by saying "How many slugs are left?" We would count the remaining manipulatives and conclude that there were 5 slugs left. </div><div><br /></div><div>Next, I'd make the connection from what we did to the math concept of subtraction. I'd also show them how to write this problem using numbers instead of words and write the equation 7-2=5 on the board. </div><div><br /></div><div>My goal during these introductory lessons would be:</div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>Students gaining an understanding of the concept of separating;</li><li>Learning separating and subtraction related vocabulary;</li><li>Converting to simple subtraction equations;</li></ol><div>Let's take a look at another example:</div></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='439' height='365' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dy-D7DyHROFLN8GTbDSVBOmt3YerHjL9LNLo9kHwE62de1LoxDotqcwOjJwyij-TwWC6F-n3FwHXvIUmw4Psw' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><div>This may seem like a very simple concept to us, but for our students, this is brand new. Fight the urge to rush through this most basic problem solving type until you are confident that your students have it! Trust me, when you move on to more complicated separating problems, you will be glad your students have a solid understanding of the basic problems.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">2. Separating Problems with the Change Unknown</h2><div>Once students are ready to move on, the next type of problem you want to introduce is separating problems with the change unknown. In these problems, you know the starting group and you know the ending group, but you don't know what happened (the change). Remember in joining and separating problems there is an action. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BYzJSrBcmMA/YJbvpxKsCRI/AAAAAAAAKYs/7fqGh-m4kC4ePW8xjDw6SnLoiU7e3QzrgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/8.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BYzJSrBcmMA/YJbvpxKsCRI/AAAAAAAAKYs/7fqGh-m4kC4ePW8xjDw6SnLoiU7e3QzrgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/8.png" width="400" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Again, I like to start with hands-on learning opportunities. With our manipulatives in hand I would begin reading the problem. "Clarence saw 8 butterflies. Let's build the group of butterflies." Then I wait for students to physically build this group. Next, I say "Some butterflies flew away (the action). What should we do now?" Usually, the students look at me a little confused because no number was provided. This is a good point to stop and have a little conversation and get the students to identify that while some butterflies flew away we don't know how many. There actually isn't anything we can do now. Then I read the final part of the problem, "there were 5 butterflies left." We talk about the fact that we know how many in the starting group are still there. This means they didn't fly away. So we count out 5 and move them over a little so that we can see two groups. As students do that, there are usually hands that start shooting up around the room. They already know that 3 flew away without me even asking the question. Why? Because they learned the concept of separating with the first problem type.</div><div><br /></div><div>Here's another separating problem with the change unknown example. In this video, I show you some other strategies that I use with my students.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='434' height='361' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dwPuJMc3jmkwpD5TePtHNLTY2uMfQqixDDAPLhlX5XxzfCfZiPBasqdMJhKuydJShVJtUjt_vwpoFkhbiWY9A' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><div style="color: #343434; font-family: "EB Garamond", serif; font-size: 16px; letter-spacing: 0.5px; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">3. Separating Problem with the Start Unknown</h2><div>The last and final type of separating problems is where the start is unknown. One of my favorite ways to introduce this problem type is with an exciting declaration, "It's Backwards Day!" Sometimes my students look at me rather curiously and other times they cheer because they know it's something I'm excited about. Inevitably, a sweet kiddo will raise their hand and ask "What's Backwards Day?" </div><div><br /></div><div>That question allows me to introduce our next separating problem type where the start is unknown. Why do I introduce this problem type as Backwards Day? One of the easiest ways to solve these problems is by working backward. So that's just what we do.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-s2jTsaSlUs8/YJc8nTH7NoI/AAAAAAAAKZc/qqdu1sgJCAQXpVrb3cbl9N7-HDS66xSFACLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-s2jTsaSlUs8/YJc8nTH7NoI/AAAAAAAAKZc/qqdu1sgJCAQXpVrb3cbl9N7-HDS66xSFACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/1.png" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div>For this problem-solving type, I read the first part of the problem "Amiyah had some pretzels." And then I make a big deal about how we are stuck. We don't know where to begin. Some is not a number so we don't know what to build. I pause and think . . . then I remember . . . it's Backwards Day! I share my idea that maybe we should work the problem backward. </div><div><br /></div><div>This time we start again and I read the entire problem to the students. Then we start at the end and build the 8 pretzels that Amiyah had left. Then I go backward and read that Amiyah ate 9 pretzels. Here we stop and chat about what that means. Are these part of the 8 or are they different? We decide that if she ate them then they couldn't be the part that was left. So we build a group of 9 pretzels. Then we have to figure out what to do to find out how many there were at the beginning. Time to talk it through! With some prompting, we can usually make the connection to the other types of separating problems and the realization that we start with only one group. We try putting the two groups together to make one group.</div><div><br /></div><div>At this point I love to teach my students how to check it to see if it works. So this time we start at the beginning with our new group and I read it like a separating problem with the difference unknown. We work through 17 - 9 and when the final remaining group is 8 (just like the original problem) we know we have successfully done it.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-QTBOf98R_nw/YJdJOfiCGuI/AAAAAAAAKaM/xZxw0dZcFmAZ5nNpNf5tUKLbj_O9JhZmgCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/3.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="separating problems with the start unknown is the most difficult of the three separating problem types" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-QTBOf98R_nw/YJdJOfiCGuI/AAAAAAAAKaM/xZxw0dZcFmAZ5nNpNf5tUKLbj_O9JhZmgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/3.png" title="separating problems" width="400" /></a></div><br />This separating problem type is the most complicated of the three. It generally takes the students longer to catch on to this type than the others. Just know this from the beginning and be prepared with lots of examples and practice opportunities. </div><div><br /></div><div>Here are more suggestions when teaching separating with the start unknown: </div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>If your students are familiar with related facts, make the connection. For many students, related facts help this problem-solving type click!</li><li>Teach the strategy this way--working backward is the opposite--so backward on a separating problem means to add the two groups together.</li></ol><h2 style="text-align: left;">Practice, Practice, Practice</h2></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-qzbij0NkKPg/YJdJqv6hTLI/AAAAAAAAKaY/CNe9KWWHs40y1CiOkKE2ng-6K4tBZOP_gCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/7.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="subtraction problems fall under the separating group of problem solving. Teach students how to think though these problems in order to build a solid foundation." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-qzbij0NkKPg/YJdJqv6hTLI/AAAAAAAAKaY/CNe9KWWHs40y1CiOkKE2ng-6K4tBZOP_gCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/7.png" title="separating bar model" width="320" /></a></div>After introducing and teaching each problem solving type it is crucial that students get lots of opportunities to practice. While we start as a group, much of our instruction time happens in small groups. Then students are sent to centers for those important chances to practice.</div><div><br /></div><div>I also like to sneak some practice time in through morning work, early finisher activities and homework. </div><div><br /></div><div>My go-to practice resource for all of the problem solving types is Mega Math Practice. This resource provides students with practice for every problem-solving type and guides them through using a variety of strategies. What I love about this is that each student really gets the opportunity to experiment with the strategies that work best for them. While one student may "get it" with a bar model, another student might have their light bulb moment using pictures or counters as models. </div><div><br /></div><div>I know just how valuable a tool these practice activities are, which is why I put together a free set for you to use with your students. You can <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/imay7om6wz" target="_blank">grab the freebie</a> by clicking the image below.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/imay7om6wz" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="646" data-original-width="644" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-HMzwWcAJ1M8/YJdE4915dQI/AAAAAAAAKZk/xDKGIVfgKTkNGiM2ynAFck5_gni33Hs8QCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-05-08%2Bat%2B9.11.01%2BPM.png" /></a></div><br /><div>You can find all of the separating problem-type practice sets in my store at Teachers Pay Teachers.</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Separating-Difference-Unknown-1OA1-4854533?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Separating%20Problems" target="_blank">Separating Problems - Difference Unknown</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Separating-Change-Unknown-Math-1OA1-4854535?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Separating%20Problems" target="_blank">Separating Problems - Change Unknown</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Separating-Start-Unknown-Math-1OA1-4854556?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Separating%20Problems" target="_blank">Separating Problems - Start Unknown</a></li></ul><div>And if you are ready to have problem-solving practice right at your fingertips then you need to check out the Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Bundle! This bundle provides a plethora of problem-solving practice activities for all 11 problem-solving types. It will keep you covered all-year-long!</div></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Separating%20Problems" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Mega Math Practice is a resource filled with lots of no prep problem solving practice. Students are guided through multiple strategies and work on solving the 11 types of addition and subtraction problems." border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-dvpHSWqbx-E/YJdMryor6GI/AAAAAAAAKag/LUn2MLS4v0YCBing1XX9k3bszYT4jQnngCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/start%2Bunknown.jpeg" title="Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Bundle" width="320" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin It So You Don't Forget It!</h2><div>It's so easy to forget where you found something on the internet. Instead of trying to remember (you've got better things to use those brain cells for) pin it to your favorite classroom Pinterest board. Then you will be able to quickly come back when you need teaching tips for problem-solving and more fun math concepts.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-SFVlTf9cHw4/YJdIDXk28XI/AAAAAAAAKZ0/rH6T5ZT6m3kX-6wp7p1U1GLoOxEsLhRhACLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/PIN%2Bseparating%2B%2BProblems.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Learn about the different types of addition and subtraction problem solving types. This article focuses on the separating problems for subtraction. Learn about each type and how you can teach it in your classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-SFVlTf9cHw4/YJdIDXk28XI/AAAAAAAAKZ0/rH6T5ZT6m3kX-6wp7p1U1GLoOxEsLhRhACLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/PIN%2Bseparating%2B%2BProblems.png" title="separating problem solving for subtraction pin" width="213" /></a></div></div></div><div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-44518692559703015862021-04-29T18:32:00.004-05:002021-05-26T20:22:52.162-05:00Problem Solving: Joining Problems <div><br /></div><div>Welcome back for Part 2 of our Problem Solving series. In the <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">first post</a> we focused on the importance of problem solving and identifying the 11 different type of addition and subtraction problems. If you missed that post, I highly recommend that you <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/11-types-problem-solving.html" target="_blank">jump over there</a> and read it because it is the foundation for all the other posts. It's a quick read and you'll be back before you know it. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-VGXWJ_tVKdU/YIrncJaw6DI/AAAAAAAAKOY/YwyR0nn7Rls-fKBw3xtisQq4kj-HGsgbQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-VGXWJ_tVKdU/YIrncJaw6DI/AAAAAAAAKOY/YwyR0nn7Rls-fKBw3xtisQq4kj-HGsgbQCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/1.png" width="640" /></a></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">How I Teach Problem Solving</h2><div><div>As with all math concepts, I am very strategic in how I teach problem solving. I always begin new concepts in a concrete way. The math concepts can be very abstract so giving our students something real they can count, see, touch and move, really helps to make those abstract concepts make sense in their little brains. As students develop an understanding, we gradually move into a more abstract approach. Here's the progression I use to teach starting with the most concrete and moving more abstract.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Sum-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4852938?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Joining Problem Solving problems teach students to think through addition problems." border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-eIuX1VgrBds/YIsYtU9F2VI/AAAAAAAAKO4/-XehbpI6lV82V523sdfc9JOvLqYpF-oMwCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide6.JPG" title="Joining 1" width="320" /></a></div><div><ol><li>Hands-On Manipulatives</li><li>Pictures</li><li>Number Representations (ten frames, tally marks)</li><li>Bar Models</li><li>Numbers</li></ol>It's really important to move through these different steps because each creates a mental building block for the next. If there's a block missing, then students often struggle. </div><div><br /></div><div>When working with struggling students I suggest starting from the beginning to get an idea of what the students understands and where the disconnect might be happening. This could be as quick as a couple of hands-on problems and then moving to drawing or using pictures. This quick informal assessment will help you identify where a student needs to begin in their focused work.</div></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Incorporating Small Group Instruction</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Change-Unknown-1st-Math-1OA1-4853221?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="It is important for students to see addition problems in different ways" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-iV0MqryHgE8/YIsY8x2QObI/AAAAAAAAKPA/_O7a-i5NB8gOR7dHEXZGi7l2XJ18helXgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide24.JPG" title="joining with change unknown" width="320" /></a></div>In my classroom small group instruction is a very big part of our math block. While I will introduce and review concepts as a class, the bulk of the direct instruction happens in small groups. This allows me to meet each student at their point of learning and move them forward. </div><div><br /></div><div>One great way to form your groups is based on where they are in the progression from concrete to abstract. At any give time, I may have a small group working on joining problems using manipulatives while another group is working on number representations and yet another using bar models. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Practice, Practice, Practice</h3><div>Students needs lots of practice opportunities when learning a new skill or concept. We learn and practice together, we learn and practice in small groups, and their math centers are filled with more practice opportunities. </div><div><br /></div><div>The science of learning is pretty fascinating. One study I read said that it takes 17 exposures to a new word, skill or concept to learn it. But then it went on to say that at least 30 exposures were needed in order to recall it. And, to truly develop a new skill takes any where from 6 months to years! Don't underestimate the power of repeated practice for our students.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Start-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4854528?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="give students a variety of problem types in order to help them master problem solving and addition concepts" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-hWZ9zdX_ckg/YIsZTVce6qI/AAAAAAAAKPI/wVC9d8YVnIEb6c2wyayNHpsJxeXePeOcwCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide30.JPG" title="joining start unknown" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">The Joining Problems</h2><div>Let's jump right in to the first problem solving group - the Joining Problems. Joining problems are used when teaching addition. They are the most basic of all the problem solving types are generally introduced in kindergarten. However, students will continue to develop their understanding of these problems through first and second grade too. </div><div><br /></div><div>It's important that even at this young age, our students begin to develop a strong foundation and understanding of joining. This foundation must include different ways that joining problems can present themselves, vocabulary, and conceptualizing the joining action.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Three Types of Joining Problems</h2><div style="text-align: left;">There are three distinct types of joining problems:</div><div style="text-align: left;"><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>Sum Unknown</li><li>Change Unknown</li><li>Start Unknown</li></ol>In this article we are going to dig deep into each of these addition problem types, what makes them unique and how you can teach them to your students.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">1. Joining Problems with the Sum Unknown</h2><div>When you think of basic addition problems this is what you think of, problems where the sum (the answer to an addition problem) is the unknown factor. This is the starting place for teaching addition and until students understand this most basic problem type it will be difficult to move on to the next two.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Sum-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4852938?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Helps understand the concepts of addition with joining problems" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-c8WJ_tt3Wtk/YIsZpzC4cOI/AAAAAAAAKPU/32U09-erP50XPlfVYLLSj3kS7vtcCHpwgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide9.JPG" title="joining 2" width="320" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Here's an example of a joining problem with the sum unknown and how I would teach it in my classroom.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='430' height='357' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dzh4e8IK67ckZoSIIAUSNnsm4svpwP9YBFKbShzn0V_VJFzCALAqZIG1nDrsv9B4bY0I28Y-aG-49cTFmw3mw' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div>As you can see this is the most basic type of joining problem. My focus when I'm teaching this is to make sure that students develop an understanding of the action of joining. I want them to see the joining happening in their minds and then transfer that to their paper. This visualization is really important to understanding what is happening. It's the same visualization skill that also helps students with reading comprehension.<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Sum-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4852938?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Problem solving with addition begins by understanding the concepts of joining" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-HLQbowbU40A/YIsZeaCZbgI/AAAAAAAAKPM/lDNUOUFBHYoquykM8ZC4QW8NkvTh48u2ACLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide12.JPG" title="joining 3" width="320" /></a></div><div><div><br /></div><div>Math Talks are a wonderful way help students build this understanding. Over the years I've learned that rushing to get to numbers and equations usually only leads to confused students. Take the time to help them understand what is happening and you've given them a foundation to build on.</div><div><br /></div><div>Some ways that you can help students visualize the joining is by:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>modeling it with actual items and physically moving them together</li><li>using students as the manipulatives </li><li>asking students to model the joining action using their fingers (Yes! fingers are good for our young learners to use!)</li></ul>Once students have a good understanding of the action taking place in these joining problems then they are ready to move on to the next two problem types.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">2. Joining Problems with the Change Unknown</h2><div>In this type of joining problem, students know what they are starting with and what they are ending with but they are not told about the change that happens in the middle. Students must understand that another group joins the first group - that is the change. <i> {See why it is important to spend time on the first type before moving on}</i></div><div><i><br /></i></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Change-Unknown-1st-Math-1OA1-4853221?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Students should learn how to solve addition problems with different parts missing" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rj1tHbhjSNE/YIsaawnVZdI/AAAAAAAAKPg/jWYV85Um2islw8ufBW-wzGaxDroPFQ_RQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide18.JPG" title="joining change unknown 2" width="320" /></a></div></div><div><i><br /></i></div><div>Let's jump into an example problem to see how I teach this to my students.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='434' height='361' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dwpr0u-1BfJ5R6spLuqVTTOhjv-jW7E5y1t_DlruzArOWP1U1gI90lhZ87RlvKr9yCW2stXjxsuQQnUdA8QxA' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><div><br /></div><div><div>With this problem type, students must determine the change. There are many different ways students can see this. One of my favorite things to do in my classroom is to celebrate all the different ways. It's important for students to know that in math there is often more than one way to get to the correct answer. By showing students all the ways, you increase the likelihood that each and every student will find at least one way that makes sense to them.</div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Change-Unknown-1st-Math-1OA1-4853221?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="addition problems with the change unknown help students develop a deeper understanding of addition concepts" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-hG-mNigcZnY/YIsakIKWwfI/AAAAAAAAKPk/uaTyn5VfBkEZ01lv2uAnVsQD3MtJl-XGgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide21.JPG" title="joining problems change unknown 3" width="320" /></a></div><br />Here's some of the ways students can solve this type of joining problem:</div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>Counting On</li><li>Counting Backwards</li><li>Using Learned Math Facts</li></ol>All of these will get the student to the right place. By giving students the freedom to choose the method that works best for them we set them up for success. BUT . . . I don't just let my students stop at their method of choice. I encourage them to learn and practice the other methods too. As the numbers get more complex, students might find that another method becomes easier for them to use. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">3. Joining Problems with the Start Unknown</h2><div>Similar to the second joining problem, joining problems with the start unknown are a higher level joining type of problem. The problem provides students with the change that happens and the sum at the end but doesn't tell them how the story starts. I like to tell my students it is like reading a book but starting in the middle. When you read from the middle to the end you are left wondering what happened at the beginning! That summarizes this problem-solving type best.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Start-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4854528?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-1DwtJ7iQCfE/YIsav3x9BZI/AAAAAAAAKPs/YpEFDU9VFrsEDwF87RUIRiWLsJFkf8wuACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Slide27.JPG" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Here's an example of a joining problem with the start unknown and how I model it to my students.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='443' height='369' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dzExO_zyDj6Yoq7u63oY1JmNHb6s9GBqenq3K5n2pI50dDkkYtbtx9UF8KiamURCqMTSkR3zcf7dXZPySpX8A' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><div>Again, you can see the importance of students understanding the joining process in order to figure out what happens. The thinking process behind this type of problem is very similar to the last one. Therefore, it can really help students to make that mental connection.</div><div><br /></div><div>As students get into second grade and are learning about the commutative property of addition, it becomes something that is very easy to pick up and understand when they have already been exposed to these different types of joining problems. Similarly, as younger students are learning about fact families, they can make the connection to these types of problems.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Variety Leads to Victory</h2><div>When it comes to teaching the joining problems it is important to make sure that you expose students to all three problem types. It's also important to understand that this doesn't happen in one lesson. In fact, the process of getting through all three problem types could easily take weeks.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Start-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4854528?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="the three types of joining problems to help students master addition problem solving" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OAwgjX7BP1I/YIsa3Civ1zI/AAAAAAAAKP0/aztuim_3GVYwQYDWHvnMVGcfl1UslQtngCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide33.JPG" title="joining with start unknown 3" width="320" /></a></div>Don't just teach each problem type but give students lots and lots of opportunities to practice each problem type. And make sure they are practicing in a variety of ways too. My go-to resource for practice activities is <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice</a>! </div><div><br /></div><div>Sure, coming up with additional story problems isn't crazy difficult. And as a primary teacher I know that you are more than capable of creating some quality problems. But I also know that you are busy - really busy. That there are more pulls on your time and mental energy than ever before. That's why I put all my problems together into one ready-to-use resource for you. </div><div><br /></div><div>These are my go-to practice activities for my students. There are practice problems that start with pictures and move through to more abstract problem-solving strategies. They can be easily added to a math center, or used in a daily problem-solving journal. I also like to keep them handy so that I have a variety of problems ready to use during my small group teaching. </div><div><br /></div><div>I've put together an <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/p9h7d0ma2p" target="_blank">exclusive freebie</a> that you can only get here so that you can try out these Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Practice Activities! Click the image below to grab your free <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/p9h7d0ma2p" target="_blank">Joining Type Problem Solving practice</a>.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/p9h7d0ma2p" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="648" data-original-width="642" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-uR_iYeK5ATY/YIsUoemjHjI/AAAAAAAAKOo/-wM5QMHtw-AuIlOW4W6MKRtVPlenkPE2ACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Screen%2BShot%2B2021-04-29%2Bat%2B3.16.56%2BPM.png" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>You can also find a full set for each of the Joining Problem Types in my store at Teachers Pay Teachers. Use the links below to see each of these no-prep problem-solving practice sets.</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Sum-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4852938?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" target="_blank">Joining Problems with the Sum Unknown</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Change-Unknown-1st-Math-1OA1-4853221?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" target="_blank">Joining Problems with the Change Unknown</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Google-Slides-Combining-Start-Unknown-Mega-Math-1OA1-4854528?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" target="_blank">Joining Problems with the Start Unknown</a></li></ul>And when you are ready to make problem-solving a priority in your classroom all year long - I've got you covered with the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Problem-Solving-Eleven-Add-Subtract-Types-1OA1-Math-Practice-Bundle-2962130?utm_source=MrsBaliusBlog&utm_campaign=Problem%20Solving%20Joining%20Type" target="_blank">Mega Math Practice Problem Solving Bundle</a>. This bundle includes everything you need to help your students practice all eleven types of problem-solving problems. If the thought of never having to make up your own story problem again makes you smile then this bundle is for you! </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">We've Only Just Begun!</h2><div>There are still three more problem-solving articles headed your way. Make sure to sign-up for the email notifications so you will know when each one is published. You can <a href="https://mailchi.mp/mrsbalius.com/mrs-balius" target="_blank">sign-up here</a> and I'll pop into your inbox with each new article.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Addition Problem Solving Ideas</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can come back when you need more problem-solving tips and ideas for your classroom.<div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-LqciqVlzNck/YIro2sJuyDI/AAAAAAAAKOg/PBVSWUWG0kcEHBqlsCTzBzOMmPY2YS-BwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/PIN%2BJoining%2BProblems.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-LqciqVlzNck/YIro2sJuyDI/AAAAAAAAKOg/PBVSWUWG0kcEHBqlsCTzBzOMmPY2YS-BwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/PIN%2BJoining%2BProblems.png" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div> </div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-60352024598237783522021-04-24T10:26:00.005-05:002021-05-26T20:21:14.998-05:00Problem Solving: 11 Types of Addition and Subtraction Problems<span style="font-family: verdana;">Getting students ready for the challenges and adventures of the 21st century is critical to their academic success. While we remember math vocabulary such as addition/subtraction and sum/difference, today’s students must know more than just vocabulary and keywords. Today's students must know how to think through a problem in order to figure out what is going on so they can decide the best way to solve it. It’s our job as educators to make sure our students have the resources in their learning toolbox to conquer these problem-solving skills. </span><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-8SPwr463QzY/YICgEFxJBUI/AAAAAAAAKMI/WC5VKHar6votQceK7lJvAHgL-xv-Ho-wACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Problem%2BSolving%2B11%2BTypes%2Bof%2BAddition%2Band%2BSubtraction.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Help your students master problem solving by teaching them the 11 types of addition and subtraction problems and strategies and techniques for solving them." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-8SPwr463QzY/YICgEFxJBUI/AAAAAAAAKMI/WC5VKHar6votQceK7lJvAHgL-xv-Ho-wACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Problem%2BSolving%2B11%2BTypes%2Bof%2BAddition%2Band%2BSubtraction.png" title="11 Types of Problem Solving" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana;">When to Teach Problem Solving Skills</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">Real-life problem-solving skills are the keys to success for our students. But real-life problem-solving skills start in the classroom. And . . . it's not something that we should wait in teaching. Waiting until students have developed a solid number sense foundation is only hurting our students. Instead, we need to have a mind shift as teachers. We need to realize that learning how to problem-solve with numbers only helps that number sense foundation.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-pG6MXJLl4kg/YICoNefb-lI/AAAAAAAAKMY/1bj9545AybQq6zIOHhYsdOd2v0yaX3CKQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img alt="Teacher helping primary student with problem solving activity" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="225" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-pG6MXJLl4kg/YICoNefb-lI/AAAAAAAAKMY/1bj9545AybQq6zIOHhYsdOd2v0yaX3CKQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h225/2.png" title="problem solving in the primary grades" width="400" /></a></div><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">Word problems and story problems have been around for decades. I'm sure we've all seen a meme or two about some of the silly word problems that are out there. While not all word problems are entirely realistic, the idea is a good one. Help our students connect different ways to use numbers to real life by using things they already know about. How boring would it be if we only taught math using math vocabulary? Instead, we can make math concepts come alive, and show off how valuable they are, by connecting them with real life. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">It’s time to embrace the foundation of problem-solving strategies in the context of learning new math skills. I believe that even before a student can read, they must be exposed to problem-solving situations using math. Helping students develop problem-solving strategies they can refer back to as they continue to learn math skills will greatly improve their overall success in the future. </span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana;">Let's Take a Problem Solving Journey</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Qr99vuFouus/YICos2j_XnI/AAAAAAAAKMg/efWiYW_wu384Zfm0VSnjZpss5Zp_5CHHwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/2.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="270" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Qr99vuFouus/YICos2j_XnI/AAAAAAAAKMg/efWiYW_wu384Zfm0VSnjZpss5Zp_5CHHwCLcBGAsYHQ/w270-h270/2.png" width="270" /></a></div>If you are with me so far, then buckle your seatbelt and get ready. I'm excited to dive deep into the world of problem-solving over the next few articles on this site. If you stick with me you can expect to learn about</span><span style="font-family: verdana;"> the 11 types of addition and subtraction problems we should be teaching our students when it comes to problem-solving, teaching tips and ideas for teaching each of these problem types, and examples & resources you can use in your classroom.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">In fact, it's going to be your own mini professional development on problem-solving. I'm going to share the same information here that I would if I were presenting a problem-solving continuing education course for you and your fellow teachers.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana;">Did you know there are 11 types of addition and subtraction problems?</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">If you answered that question 'no' then you are probably in the majority. As I have been working on this series of articles I've been talking to teachers, lots of teachers. And while every.single.one is familiar with problem-solving the vast majority did not realize that you could break addition and subtraction problem-solving problems into 11 types. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">So by now, you are probably wondering, "What are they?" Let's jump right in!</span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: small;">11 Types of Addition and Subtraction Problems</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">Here are the 11 types of addition and subtraction problems divided into 4 groups:</span></div><h4 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Joining Problem Solving Group</span></h4><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-I2stT1ng2Og/YICpQciCEJI/AAAAAAAAKMo/bTdE_w8iEDMKfrhcn6H_0pNc-vCdIMQtQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="359" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-I2stT1ng2Og/YICpQciCEJI/AAAAAAAAKMo/bTdE_w8iEDMKfrhcn6H_0pNc-vCdIMQtQCLcBGAsYHQ/w359-h359/1.png" width="359" /></span></a><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Sum Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Change Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Start Unknown</span></li></ol><h4 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Separating Problem Solving Group</span></h4></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Difference Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Change Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Start Unknown</span></li></ol><h4 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Part - Part - Whole Problem Solving Group</span></h4></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Whole Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Part Unknown</span></li></ol><h4 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Comparing Problem Solving Group</span></h4></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Difference Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Larger Part Unknown</span></li><li><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: x-small;">Smaller Part Unknown</span></li></ol></div><div><br /></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">I hope that as you see these broken down you realize that you are probably already teaching many, if not most of these problem-solving types to your students. However, as teachers, these different problems often get lumped together into general and broad categories like addition problems and subtraction problems. While this is absolutely a true classification, it does not differentiate these problems based on their differences. And they each do have differences. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">These 11 problem solving types come from the </span><span style="font-family: verdana;">First Grade Common Core Math Standard 1.OA.1 Which is: </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><blockquote><i>Use addition and subtraction within 20 to solve word problems involving situations of adding to, taking from, putting together, taking apart, and comparing, with unknowns in all positions, e.g., by using objects, drawings, and equations with a symbol for the unknown number.</i></blockquote></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">Through this problem-solving series, we are going to break down the 1.OA.1 math standard and fill your teacher toolbox with everything you need to teach this standard to its fullest. </span><span style="font-family: verdana;">By breaking down these problem-solving types and teaching our students skills to recognize them we are strengthening their overall problem-solving abilities.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Jnwbz28IjGw/YICpoZZHd2I/AAAAAAAAKMw/N-uSsp3qL-8E4mqlt30FZMhbKWExE9qsQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/3.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="help students master problem solving with counters or manipulatives" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Jnwbz28IjGw/YICpoZZHd2I/AAAAAAAAKMw/N-uSsp3qL-8E4mqlt30FZMhbKWExE9qsQCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/3.png" title="students problem solving with counting blocks" width="640" /></a></div></span></div><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana;">Where should you begin?</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-iUgkYpsxw30/YICp_KkYNOI/AAAAAAAAKM4/HDU1MNUXmO0TszphSwrLnMNXq0E_nFYQwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/6.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-iUgkYpsxw30/YICp_KkYNOI/AAAAAAAAKM4/HDU1MNUXmO0TszphSwrLnMNXq0E_nFYQwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/6.png" /></a></div>Aside from understanding the different types of problems (which we are working on doing right now) the next beginning point is familiarizing yourself with strategies and techniques you can teach to your students.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">There are a variety of different problem-solving strategies that you can teach your students. The great thing about teaching them different strategies is that what clicks for one student might not for another. By filling their toolbox with a variety of strategies, each student can find one or more that really works for them. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">Aside from the many strategies that students use to <i>solve</i> problems, there are also many ways to represent a problem before solving. Through pictures and other types of models, our young learners begin to understand what is actually going on in the problem. It is especially important to label the models. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">One of my favorite models that works great for visual learners is using a bar model (sometimes called a strip diagram or a tape diagram). Using bar models students draw a visual representation of each part of the problem using rectangles called bars. Not only does this provide a visual for the students but it makes the drawing quick and easy. Pretty sure we've all had the students who want to draw a picture of the problem and it turns into the next Mona Lisa! </span></div><div><br /></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">I've put together this <a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/hm9yag618b" target="_blank">FREE resource</a> for you that covers the 11 different bar models to work with each of the 11 problem types. Just click the image below to grab your free problem-solving resource and start filling your teacher toolbox!</span></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://go.mrsbalius.com/hm9yag618b" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CcLjmwduvxk/YICWlxZ8v6I/AAAAAAAAKMA/0WgUT-zDgS8B5au9D1CKD9B9U1hzHOTNwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Slide2.JPG" /></a></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;"><span style="font-family: verdana;">What's Next?</span></h2><div><span style="font-family: verdana;">In the next article we are going to jump into the <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/04/problem-solving-joining.html" target="_blank">Joining Problem Solving Group</a>. We will dig into the three types of joining problems and how you can best teach them to your students. If you do not receive emails from this site, you can <a href="https://mailchi.mp/mrsbalius.com/mrsbaliusteachingclub" target="_blank">sign-up here</a> so that you don't miss the rest of the problem-solving articles when they are published.</span></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><span style="font-family: verdana; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MNXb2_2SOkE/YICgiVqknGI/AAAAAAAAKMQ/Vov3TZ-VqZsStDIa8JN6JVLbhmimIWFAwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/PIN%2BTypes%2Bof%2BAddition%2Band%2BSubtraction.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="This article will detail the 11 different types of addition and subtraction problems found in problem solving. Learn to identify each type and teach them to your students. This is the first post in a 5 part series of problem solving in the primary classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MNXb2_2SOkE/YICgiVqknGI/AAAAAAAAKMQ/Vov3TZ-VqZsStDIa8JN6JVLbhmimIWFAwCLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/PIN%2BTypes%2Bof%2BAddition%2Band%2BSubtraction.png" title="Problem Solving 11 Types Pin" width="213" /> <img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" style="font-family: verdana;" width="320" /></a></div><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><br /></span></div><div style="text-align: center;"></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-92180500306919641002021-04-18T22:14:00.004-05:002021-04-18T22:33:23.133-05:00New First Grade Fiesta Preview!<div><div style="text-align: center;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: verdana; font-size: 24px; text-align: left;">Are you ready for Fiesta?!?</span></div><div style="text-align: center;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: Helvetica; font-size: 24px; text-align: left;"> </span></div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;">Fiesta in Texas is a festive time each May that celebrates the many cultures of the area. The decorations and costumes focus on spring and the numerous different groups that make up Texas. There is music, food, and dancing. Women often wear colorful Mexican/Oaxacan-styled dresses with original designs and crowns made of paper flowers. Fiesta hats and sombreros are also seen by many participants. There are street parties, loud music, food, and drinks! It is a fun time that Texans look forward to every year.<br /><br />I am SO SO excited to share this awesome NEW Fiesta end-of-year resource with you this weekend!!</span><div style="text-align: center;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: Helvetica; font-size: 24px; text-align: left;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yXUr5FMJp1c/YHzxBgjJFuI/AAAAAAAADiw/YbCfHBGYfnQrzjMmnoyXKbFrjC5K7eQOQCLcBGAsYHQ/s500/52552045-0715-4738-b400-544ab756d925.gif" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="280" data-original-width="500" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yXUr5FMJp1c/YHzxBgjJFuI/AAAAAAAADiw/YbCfHBGYfnQrzjMmnoyXKbFrjC5K7eQOQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/52552045-0715-4738-b400-544ab756d925.gif" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div style="text-align: center;"><table align="right" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="mcnCaptionLeftImageContentContainer" style="background-color: white; border-collapse: collapse; color: black; text-size-adjust: 100%; width: 264px;"><tbody><tr></tr></tbody></table><table align="left" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="mcnCaptionLeftTextContentContainer" style="background-color: white; border-collapse: collapse; color: black; text-size-adjust: 100%; width: 264px;"><tbody><tr><td class="mcnTextContent" style="line-height: 24px; text-size-adjust: 100%; word-break: break-word;" valign="top"><span style="color: #202020; font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;">It's time for a fiesta! Your kids will LOVE this fiesta-themed set of activities! Today, I'm sharing the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-End-of-Year-Math-Review-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-1MD-684952?utm_source=weekly%20email&utm_campaign=April%2018%20email%20fiesta" style="color: #2baadf; text-size-adjust: 100%;" target="_blank">Measurement and Data</a> strand with you, but in the next week I will be adding more Fiesta products that cover EVERY SINGLE first grade standard!! All four measurement and data standards are covered in this fun-filled resource! That means you get activities on measuring length, comparing length, telling time, AND data!<br /></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-End-of-Year-Math-Review-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-1MD-684952?utm_source=weekly%20email&utm_campaign=April%2018%20email%20fiesta" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-size-adjust: 100%;" target="_blank" title=""><img alt="" class="mcnImage" height="320" src="https://mcusercontent.com/e49b988577c23652681ad4270/images/68e72bf6-b5d2-4e38-92c8-fa4f36f5954d.png" style="border: 0px; height: auto; max-width: 500px; outline: none; text-decoration-line: none; vertical-align: bottom;" width="320" /></a><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;"><br /></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;">Included in this </span><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-End-of-Year-Math-Review-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-1MD-684952?utm_source=weekly%20email&utm_campaign=April%2018%20email%20fiesta" style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;">Fiesta End-of-Year Review</a><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: large;">, you'll find colorful re-teaching pages and lots of activities that are great for guided OR independent practice, morning work, or centers.</span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;"><br />You guys know that I love to make sure to give you lots of options, so this resource has a black-and-white printable version AND an interactive version in Google Slides™! Use the version that works best for your kiddos. </span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;">Woohoo! 🎉🥳<br /><br /></span><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-End-of-Year-Math-Review-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-1MD-684952?utm_source=weekly%20email&utm_campaign=April%2018%20email%20fiesta" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OkPiZ_tQzFE/YHz0F9dtWtI/AAAAAAAADi4/vwCCUgxWroM5J2zBKRwUGsoEU2NSrEiAQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Fiesta.Covers.jpg" /></a></div><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020;">Like I said, this super fun resource is GROWING! Be on the lookout for Fiesta activities that cover ALL FIRST GRADE STANDARDS in the next week! If you want to be the first to know, head over to my </span><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius" style="background-color: white; color: #2baadf; text-size-adjust: 100%;" target="_blank">TpT store</a><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020;"> and follow me - that way you will get an email when those new products get added to my store!</span></span></div><div><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;"><span style="color: #202020;"><br /></span></span></div><div><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020;"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;">I don't know if you can tell, but I'm super pumped to use this resource! 😍I would love to hear what your kids think! Send me some pics of your students using this, and tell me how it went in your classroom. Have a wonderful week, friend!</span></span><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: medium;"><span style="color: #202020;"><br /></span></span><br /><span style="font-size: xx-small;"><br /></span></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-End-of-Year-Math-Review-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-1MD-684952?utm_source=weekly%20email&utm_campaign=April%2018%20email%20fiesta" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><span style="font-size: xx-small;"><img border="0" data-original-height="150" data-original-width="561" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-_Gct2_Pj6b4/YHz1ICvgA5I/AAAAAAAADjE/2tTIyUWJ2jwQl6b7e4u3yV5Hp3-SJnQTACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Watermark%2Bcolor.png" width="320" /></span></a></div><br />MrsBaliushttp://www.blogger.com/profile/06123313664217062086noreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-71584652444143247202021-02-18T17:54:00.001-06:002021-02-18T21:15:31.232-06:00Digital Math Resources Your Second Grade Students Will Love!<div style="text-align: left;">Going digital is important now more than ever. Even before the pandemic, technology had taken its place as a major leader in our classrooms. Now, in the middle of a global pandemic, technology has become crucial for us to continue to reach our students. As teachers it is so important for us to make our lessons adaptable so that they can easily convert to whatever the day brings. It might be face to face learning, distance learning, or a hybrid combination of both! And. . . what you do tomorrow might be different from today. In second grade, there are many important foundational math skills that are introduced and taught. As a veteran teacher, I know how important it is to make sure my students are getting everything they need, even if I don't have them with me everyday. Going digital was the perfect option and I have found lots of fun, engaging and effective 2nd grade digital math resources. I can't wait to share them with you!</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-DNJw4HGbtbs/YC7audjJ76I/AAAAAAAAJsk/Tlljkve8Aosd7WDQVOcjeOJ4MU7dtU43wCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2nd%2Bgrade%2Bdigital.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-DNJw4HGbtbs/YC7audjJ76I/AAAAAAAAJsk/Tlljkve8Aosd7WDQVOcjeOJ4MU7dtU43wCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/2nd%2Bgrade%2Bdigital.png" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Digital Place Value Activities</h2><div>Place value is one of those super important foundational skills that requires understanding because the standard just keeps growing and building over the years. Students must understand what numbers represent and how numbers relate to each other. This is place value. </div><div><br /></div><div>Often times students struggle with the concept because it is so abstract. Over the years I've found that reaching my students through a more concrete approach has helped tremendously with their understanding. I love to use manipulatives such as base ten blocks or place value counters to help with this concept. However, this teaching method becomes a bit more challenging when we switch to digital learning. No worries! I've got you covered. I took all of my favorite place value activities and created a <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Place-Value-Google-Slides-Second-Grade-Numbers-to-1000-6028811?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">Digital Place Value Google Slides Numbers to 1,000</a> bundle! </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Place-Value-Google-Slides-Second-Grade-Numbers-to-1000-6028811?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="digital place value activities for second grade" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ayV-x5w78e4/YC7dcrrOZTI/AAAAAAAAJsw/sN05GDDG0Uw2HKu6d8SCnBZtMo4fkNMswCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/3.png" title="digital place value 2nd" width="400" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><div>Here are just a few of the important skills your students will work with the digital place value activities:</div><div><ul><li>Typing the number in word form</li><li>Expanded notation</li><li>Building a number with base ten blocks</li><li>Building a number with place value discs</li></ul></div></div><div>All of the prep work is done for you! That makes this no-prep option a time saver for you without sacrificing any of the rigor or learning opportunities for your students. With numbers to 1,000, you can use the resource all year long. Check out the digital place value fun in this video:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen="" class="BLOG_video_class" height="266" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/bFVJBn92OAQ" width="320" youtube-src-id="bFVJBn92OAQ"></iframe></div><div><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Digital Hands-On</h3><div><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-9vdkICItEik/YC7fn95GAVI/AAAAAAAAJs8/pw1uKpIbKiwNjLME21xWRAHH4CCBPfwywCLcBGAsYHQ/s1200/2.png" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="800" height="470" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-9vdkICItEik/YC7fn95GAVI/AAAAAAAAJs8/pw1uKpIbKiwNjLME21xWRAHH4CCBPfwywCLcBGAsYHQ/w314-h470/2.png" width="314" /></a>My students love it because it is hands-on and so interactive. They really love being able to move the different manipulatives and build the numbers. This makes it as close to hands-on as you can get in the digital realm. And we all know that hands-on practice is what helps our students master these new skills.</div><div>You can incorporate these digital place value activities into your daily routine in so many different ways. It is perfect for math centers and independent work while you are still teaching in the classroom. And it transitions beautifully to distance learning because it is already DIGITAL! I have found that using it in the classroom made for a very easy transition when we switched to virtual later. </div><div><br /></div><div>As you know place value is not one of those one-and-done lessons. I think it is so important to practice place value daily in the classroom. Using this digital resource allows me to do just that while keeping my kids actively engaged and meeting all of their different learning styles. My kids love this resource so much! They are always begging for more, so I've started incorporating it as an extension activity at the end of some of my lessons. It works out great! </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Try it Out for Free!</h3><div>If you want to complete a test run with this type of activity in your classroom, be sure to grab this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Halloween-Place-Value-Google-Slides-FREEBIE-Numbers-to-1000-6182579?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">Digital Halloween Place Value Numbers to 1000 FREEBIE</a><b>!</b> You and your students will get a sneak peek of the place value greatness in this free 30-page PDF that is already set up and ready to go with Google slides. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Halloween-Place-Value-Google-Slides-FREEBIE-Numbers-to-1000-6182579?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-4PJd-X9H2rw/YC7gnhrciVI/AAAAAAAAJtM/I_395LphtwsNIV2JzbXdN6ZIHc2tjWDpQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-6182579-1.jpg" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Digital Number of the Day</h2><div>Place value and number sense go hand in hand. And my motto for both is "repetition, repetition, repetition!" So it shouldn't be a surprise that I try to sprinkle it throughout my entire day and not just cover it in isolation during my math block. When we see a number in a book, we do a quick number talk. I've even been known to stop our class line walking down the hall when I see a number that lines up with a great review or reinforcement of our math lesson. Numbers are everywhere and so are learning opportunities.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">So Many Ways to Use it!</h3><div><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AMNn2Hvez2A/YC7gC1HVvJI/AAAAAAAAJtE/rJXYCASXw3kCgsfrtERlyrs9urfWbk1XgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/4.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AMNn2Hvez2A/YC7gC1HVvJI/AAAAAAAAJtE/rJXYCASXw3kCgsfrtERlyrs9urfWbk1XgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/4.png" width="400" /></a>I've found that adding <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Second-Grade-Bundle-1423469?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> to my morning meeting routine is another seamless way to integrate math in our day. I love to add the skill in during morning meeting while we are all on the carpet together. It is so easy to intertwine with calendar skills or by having the kids count by 2s or 5s on their way to the carpet. </div><div><br /></div><div>Using a digital <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Second-Grade-Bundle-1423469" target="_blank">Number of the Day Activity</a> is also one of my favorite ways to sneak in place value during a transition time. It's so easy to project on the board so that students can see it from anywhere in our classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div>It also works really well as daily morning work. It comes in both printable and digital forms which makes it great for any learning situation. It serves as a great spiral review for a variety of number sense skills. I have found this very effective with students who are struggling because they get repeated practice of a previously taught skill. We also use this as a review in our math groups. Here I can differentiate for the needs of each group by making the daily activity match the needs of the students.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Number Sense for the Entire Year</h3><div>The <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Second-Grade-Bundle-1423469?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">Second-Grade Number of the Day Bundle</a> has everything you need to get you through the entire school year! While it covers all of the 2nd grade standards, it can also be used for 1st and 3rd grades! </div><div><br /></div><div>The Number of the Day Bundle includes 11 different units, one for each month of the school year! Just imagine having morning work done for the year...or a chunk of your morning meeting done for the year...or a quick review for small groups done for the year. You won't have to worry that you're meeting the standards because it is all done for you. Here's a glimpse into this fun digital resource:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen="" class="BLOG_video_class" height="266" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Xo7lUIH6V38" width="320" youtube-src-id="Xo7lUIH6V38"></iframe></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Try it out in your classroom!</h3><div>Give the digital Number of the Day activities a try in your classroom with this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-for-use-with-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-FREEBIE-5858008https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-for-use-with-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-FREEBIE-5858008?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">free Back to School themed Number of the Day activity</a>. Try one week number of the day for free! It's a great way to set a routine, try out using it in different ways and decide if it will help both you and your students. And . . . you don't have to use it only during back to school season. With a school theme, you can use it any time of the year. It will make a great review!</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-for-use-with-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-FREEBIE-5858008https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-for-use-with-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-FREEBIE-5858008?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-8p4WOlNNj4k/YC7iRMZuWTI/AAAAAAAAJtc/KSTlHxVfSpkPC95fK8KZ_RFyEKIgVMWhACLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/original-5858008-1.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Number Lines</h2><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-Lines-Google-Slides-Second-Grade-Numbers-to-100-6180272?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-64ptvkl31mg/YC7k9bLvlZI/AAAAAAAAJto/-NlHCqGB7HM5Gwa2jvxB54YmrTzjyhqaACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/1.png" width="400" /></a>Remember earlier how I mentioned that I like to teach place value in a more concrete way? Number lines are another example of how I do that. They are great hands-on learning tools where students are really able to visualize the concept being taught. I always have a number line visible in the classroom. We use it to skip count, to find numbers before and after, to compare numbers and so much more! The kids love to take turns coming up to the board and moving the pointer as we count. I wanted to be able to use these same concepts digitally too, so I turned these resources into a <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-Lines-Google-Slides-Second-Grade-Numbers-to-100-6180272?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=2nd%20Grade%20Resources" target="_blank">Digital Number Line with Numbers to 100</a> activity.</div><div><br /></div><div>When we are face to face in the classroom, I mainly use this activity in math centers. It is perfect for centers because it is so interactive. The students get to move numbers and text boxes around on their screens. When we switch to distance learning, I'm able to use these slides as an extension to our lessons or even as homework. I can even pull up the activity and use it to teach or model by sharing my screen in our online video conference. There are so many possibilities with these engaging and interactive number line activities. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Color My Math</h2><div><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3IvTytcm0W0/YC7lNs1TO_I/AAAAAAAAJtw/FxFKxElrV5I4J-bW9WwleMf-OmvspRQAgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/2.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="375" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-3IvTytcm0W0/YC7lNs1TO_I/AAAAAAAAJtw/FxFKxElrV5I4J-bW9WwleMf-OmvspRQAgCLcBGAsYHQ/w375-h375/2.png" width="375" /></a>Who doesn't love to color? I know my students' eyes light up when it is time to break out our color boxes in class. It is hard to lug all those materials back and forth from home to school, though, and it is even harder for parents to keep up with all of those supplies at home...especially when they are trying to work from home and supervise their child's online learning. </div><div><br /></div><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Color-My-Math-Digital-Coloring-485551?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" style="text-align: center;" target="_blank"></a><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Color-My-Math-Digital-Coloring-485551?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Color My Math </a>takes the headache out of coloring! Students are able to complete the same concept digitally! As they correctly answer questions, a piece of the coloring sheet is filled in for them! They love to watch the progression and keep coming back for more. Tons of skills such as place value, ten more ten less, and rounding are covered in the bundle. If you want to find out more about how to use color my math in your classroom be sure to <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2021/02/digital-color-my-math.html" target="_blank">read this blog post</a>. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Want more digital resources?</h2><div>Check out these awesome No-Prep digital resources that will keep your students engaged and learning important math skills and concepts!</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842" target="_blank">Digital Counting Money and Telling Time</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Google-Slides-Addition-Subtraction-Strategies-Math-Practice-1OA6-1621635" target="_blank">Digital Addition and Subtraction Strategies</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1st-2nd-Grade-5905093" target="_blank">Digital Math About Me</a></li></ul></div><div style="text-align: left;"><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin It and Save It!</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board and save these digital math ideas for later. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MPGR54287Lk/YC7lc3BzEsI/AAAAAAAAJt0/Zm4qs5ZVa7oAn0RMjhmrNSgMWBKHbWKmQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1200/1.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="800" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MPGR54287Lk/YC7lc3BzEsI/AAAAAAAAJt0/Zm4qs5ZVa7oAn0RMjhmrNSgMWBKHbWKmQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/1.png" /></a></div><br /><div><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div><div style="text-align: center;"></div></div> Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-72977876359887814262021-02-06T14:41:00.002-06:002021-02-14T09:30:58.944-06:00Digital Color My MathWith all of the unexpected changes in education lately, we teachers have been forced to up our game. Technology is now more important than ever and digital learning has become a major part of our day to day routines even in the primary grades. We can fight it or we can embrace it and use it to our advantage. I am choosing to use it to my advantage and I hope you will too! To help you do just that I have created a variety of Digital Color by Number math activities to keep your elementary students busy and actively engaged all year long.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-lUofL5lWl88/YB74DKZHZdI/AAAAAAAAJkA/1cgZRdnIRiUzxCsoz-PLHL28DNpUPCrDwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Color%2BMy%2BMath.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-lUofL5lWl88/YB74DKZHZdI/AAAAAAAAJkA/1cgZRdnIRiUzxCsoz-PLHL28DNpUPCrDwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Color%2BMy%2BMath.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Great Math Practice or Review</h2><div>Elementary school is not what it used to be - just ask a teacher who has been teaching a while! With so many standards to cover throughout the year, it is important that we learn to put a new spin on them to keep the students' attention. I have pulled from my knowledge and years of experience to create these digital activities that can be used in the classroom or at home as part of distance learning. These activities are a great way to review math standards in a fun and engaging way.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-JOp-GJtQG-k/YB74NRKCUEI/AAAAAAAAJkE/DVAkItK7pCYS-9El1b_iOG6Ksh23rmaSwCLcBGAsYHQ/s565/CMM.preview.Xmas..2.jpg" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="565" data-original-width="561" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-JOp-GJtQG-k/YB74NRKCUEI/AAAAAAAAJkE/DVAkItK7pCYS-9El1b_iOG6Ksh23rmaSwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.preview.Xmas..2.jpg" /></a></div>With these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Color-My-Math-Digital-Coloring-485551?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">digital color by number style activities</a>, students will complete a variety of math practice problems. Each time they answer they will be provided with immediate feedback. This is such a benefit because it allows students to learn from their mistakes so they can apply that learning, try again without a grade penalty, and work independently. Not only that, but this process builds self-esteem as students find success in the learning process.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Fun and Versatile Activities</h2><div>These activities can be used in several different ways. Use them as independent practice after a lesson, add them to your math centers, or even engage students from the moment they walk in the door with fun morning work. You can use them for your early finishers or as homework too! There's really no right or wrong way to use them! What is most important is to do what is best for your classroom and students.</div><div><br /></div><div>Each <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/-Color-My-Math-Digital-Coloring-485551?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Color My Math</a> digital activity comes with two options: Google Forms and Google Slides. You can allow your students the freedom to choose which Google app they use, or you can assign one based on students' experience, grading options, and technological ability. Just choose what you feel works best for your kids. This activity itself is the same and provides the same great skills practice.</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-s9ETOP4O_4A/YB74YccUoPI/AAAAAAAAJkM/ZIRm_BTSJpM0Ma7oLCgdHn3AvvpcOY1BgCLcBGAsYHQ/s556/CMM.preview.ChineseNY.final.2.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="556" data-original-width="553" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-s9ETOP4O_4A/YB74YccUoPI/AAAAAAAAJkM/ZIRm_BTSJpM0Ma7oLCgdHn3AvvpcOY1BgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.preview.ChineseNY.final.2.jpg" /></a></div>In each activity, students will answer standards-based questions that focus on one particular math skill. As students enter a correct answer, a part of the "color by number picture" is automatically colored in. Once students have answered all of the questions correctly, the completed picture will appear. Each activity has 5 to 10 questions to complete.</div><div><br /></div><div>While the correct answer will help to color in the picture, students might get the answer incorrect and that is to be expected. Instead of the picture missing color or students being stuck, they are immediately prompted to try again. With no limit on how many chances a student gets, there is success to be had for everyone! Instant student feedback is provided throughout the activities giving students the ability to work independently.</div><div><br /></div><div>As a bonus, students are learning some basic technology skills too! That's one of the benefits of digital activities that we often forget. Sometimes we get so focused on the main academic skills that we tend to overlook the secondary skills like technology, logic, and independent working. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Skills-Based Learning</h2><div>While there is a benefit to a mixed skills review throughout the year, our students also need skill-specific practice opportunities. That is exactly what is provided in the Color My Math digital activities. Each set focuses on one specific math skill and provides multiple activities to help students master that skill.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">1. Place Value</h3><div>Place value is the foundation of so many math skills we teach. As the foundation classrooms around the world start each school year with this important skill. It plays an important part in understanding almost everything else we do. And since place value is a skill that we gradually expand upon as numbers increase, it is taught and reviewed by multiple grade levels.</div><div><br /></div><div>A solid understanding of place value helps with all of the basic operations, rounding, estimating and so much more. Yet, it seems to be an area that can be such a struggle for kids to master.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Ou2hOYNzxGQ/YB74gFtJ1QI/AAAAAAAAJkQ/RiYe9ZsmsEoJeZAFflKcgN_0ct9yt4dXQCLcBGAsYHQ/s568/CMM.preview.Template.2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="568" data-original-width="563" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Ou2hOYNzxGQ/YB74gFtJ1QI/AAAAAAAAJkQ/RiYe9ZsmsEoJeZAFflKcgN_0ct9yt4dXQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.preview.Template.2.jpg" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>I have put together a few different Color My Math resources that focus on place value. This set focuses on <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Thanksgiving-Math-Coloring-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Place-Value-6221835?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">tens and ones</a> with a Thanksgiving theme. Usually, by Thanksgiving, this skill has already been taught making this a great independent center or review activity. </div><div><br /></div><div>As students get older they begin working on place value and decimals. This winter place value set will give your 3rd - 5th-grade students opportunities to practice <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Activities-Math-Winter-Google-Forms-and-Slides-Hat-4th-6274393?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">place value involving decimals</a> in a fun and interactive way.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">2. Ten More and Ten Less</h3><div>Building fluency with number sense is something that is so important for us to help our students build. After all, it is the basis of numbers and many math applications. As we all know, primary level math skills are the foundation building blocks for upper level and more advanced math concepts. </div><div><br /></div><div>A solid understanding of ten more and ten less will help our students as they work on addition and subtraction, mental math, estimating, and understanding quantity. </div><div><br /></div><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-Coloring-Activities-Google-Forms-and-Slides-New-Year-6264641?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank"></a><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-Coloring-Activities-Google-Forms-and-Slides-New-Year-6264641?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank"></a><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MIf3NREuJzI/YB75Rh0nWcI/AAAAAAAAJks/74RY0mq3eoUKotaf7qZzG3SWjcHeBlvZgCLcBGAsYHQ/s562/CMM.preview.Groundhog.final.2.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="562" data-original-width="557" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MIf3NREuJzI/YB75Rh0nWcI/AAAAAAAAJks/74RY0mq3eoUKotaf7qZzG3SWjcHeBlvZgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.preview.Groundhog.final.2.jpg" /></a></div>Color My Math 10 More / 10 Less is ready to help your students practice this important skill. This activity has a New Year's theme which often correlates to when it found in many scope and sequences. However, if you need this activity at another time the color by number images can be relevant to almost any time of the year. Who doesn't love a party hat or fireworks in November or March!</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">3. Ordering and Comparing Numbers</h3><div>As students are developing their understanding of numbers, learning to determine how numbers relate to one another is a key part of the process. Comparing and ordering numbers is an important skill for students to master and it goes a long way in helping them develop a solid number sense foundation.</div><div><br /></div><div>Comparing numbers is a relational skill where students not only determine how one number relates to another but also how numbers can be ordered to show more and less. It is the foundation of a student's understanding of the quantity that a number represents.</div><div><br /></div><div>Engage your students in <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Christmas-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Bundle-Comparing-6264656?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Ordering and Comparing Numbers</a> with these fun digital activities.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">4. Rounding</h3><div>As I think of math skills and how I use them in everyday life, there is probably no more important skill than rounding. The ability for students to round numbers in order to solve a problem or do mental math in day to day life is so important. I find myself rounding all the time to figure out approximate costs or quantities. </div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--NlT3mfI-x0/YB75ZJ3O8bI/AAAAAAAAJkw/rJPa-5OlAaoCCWEbuStvSapjXDvFbjMyQCLcBGAsYHQ/s564/CMM.Mandalas.covers.preview.Template.2.jpg" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="564" data-original-width="561" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--NlT3mfI-x0/YB75ZJ3O8bI/AAAAAAAAJkw/rJPa-5OlAaoCCWEbuStvSapjXDvFbjMyQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.Mandalas.covers.preview.Template.2.jpg" /></a></div>Helping students develop a solid understanding of rounding is vital. These <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-Winter-Coloring-Activities-Google-Forms-and-Slides-Third-Bundle-6300003?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">rounding Color My Math activities</a> will do just that. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">5. Number Lines</h3><div>Number lines are one of my favorite math tools. For our young students, math concepts can be so abstract. Using a tool like a number line can make these skills more concrete. Number lines help students with counting, comparing numbers, ordering numbers, and more. Even as students get more advanced, number lines are helpful tools. Students can learn about positive and negative numbers, fractions and so much more using this amazing tool.</div><div><br /></div><div>Number lines allow students to move from number to number without starting back at zero every time. For some students that can be a game-changer! Try these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Winter-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-1-MoreLess-Bundle-6264660?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Number Line Color My Math Activities</a> and help your students develop strong fluency skills.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">6. Composing and Decomposing Numbers</h3><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-22M3sZiC6Vw/YB7487ceG-I/AAAAAAAAJkg/xerw1vl7b6Q77zVa6gCIU8CTa9p3TudWwCLcBGAsYHQ/s557/CMM.Mandalas.3rd.Valentines.preview.2.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="557" data-original-width="554" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-22M3sZiC6Vw/YB7487ceG-I/AAAAAAAAJkg/xerw1vl7b6Q77zVa6gCIU8CTa9p3TudWwCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.Mandalas.3rd.Valentines.preview.2.jpg" /></a></div>So often when we think of composing and decomposing numbers we think of primary students in kindergarten and first grade. But this skill is so important for our older elementary students too. Students need a solid place value understanding in order to be able to break numbers apart and build them.</div><div><br /></div><div>These Composing and Decomposing Number activities will have your 3rd, 4th, and 5th-grade students working with large numbers. One set focuses on <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Activities-Valentine-Math-Google-Forms-and-Slides-3rd-Grade-6526172?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">numbers to 10,000</a> and is great for 3rd-grade students moving beyond the thousands place. A second set focuses on <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-Coloring-Activities-Valentine-Google-Forms-and-Slides-4th-Grade-6526529?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">numbers to 100,000</a> and decimals to the hundreds and is great for 4th and 5th-grade students.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">7. Problem Solving</h3><div>Isn't this one of the end goals of math - problem-solving! Everything we work on with our students is with this goal in mind. We want our students to be able to use the math concepts they have learned to think through and solve number problems. I'm not sure if there is too much problem-solving practice!</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--PH5wvtnYXo/YB74sOTb-jI/AAAAAAAAJkY/Epg5CW1r9TIdfOnAx6fICwkRKKgtbhPGQCLcBGAsYHQ/s562/CMM.preview.MardiGras.2.jpg" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="562" data-original-width="558" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--PH5wvtnYXo/YB74sOTb-jI/AAAAAAAAJkY/Epg5CW1r9TIdfOnAx6fICwkRKKgtbhPGQCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/CMM.preview.MardiGras.2.jpg" /></a></div>Problem-solving can take on a lot of different facets because there are so many skills and concepts that can be used. Before jumping into problem-solving that uses a variety of skills, it is important for our students to know how to apply single skills to problem-solving. These Color My Math Problem Solving activities are perfect for that targeted practice.</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-MardiGras-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Problem-Bundle-6484583?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Problem Solving with Addition</a><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-MardiGras-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Problem-Bundle-6484583?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank"> (Mardi Gras)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Problem-Groundhog-Bundle-6429696?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Problem Solving with Addition (Groundhog Day)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Valentine-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Problem-Bundle-6484102?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Problem Solving with Subtraction</a></li><li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-Slides-Problem-Chinese-NY-Bundle-6430426?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" target="_blank">Problem Solving with More and Fewer</a></li></ul></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Color My Math</h2><div>You can find all of the Color My Math activities in my store at Teachers Pay Teachers. This bundle is a great way to cover a variety of skills and concepts and save some money too!</div><div><br /></div><div>This first-grade skills bundle (which would also be great for a 2nd-grade review of advanced kindergarten) includes everything you need to provide digital math review activities all year long!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Coloring-Math-Activities-Google-Forms-and-Slides-BIG-Bundle-6484655?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Color%20My%20Math" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ysW7o0rT_OQ/YB7v-g-hymI/AAAAAAAAJjk/ZE6WipDSXBQS-vfZ7rIDJmdpg569epnegCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/original-6484655-1.jpg" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Digital Math Review Ideas</h2><div>Don't waste time searching the internet for quality digital math resources every time you lesson plan. Instead, pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can come back quickly and easily.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ke0NY-b5Nkc/YB73ZjOSasI/AAAAAAAAJj0/BQItSZ7IpPY--jXv41C_nE7nDuArh8qVQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/4.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Digital Color by Number activities make a great math skills review and independent math center for 1st grade math" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ke0NY-b5Nkc/YB73ZjOSasI/AAAAAAAAJj0/BQItSZ7IpPY--jXv41C_nE7nDuArh8qVQCLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/4.png" width="213" /> </a><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-KefAbBkkpsU/YB73Zro713I/AAAAAAAAJjw/eorV2FG2zrQZJT100s9SnpIPafYk0daIwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/6.png" style="clear: left; display: inline; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Color by Math is a digital color by number style activity to help 3rd - 5th grade students review important math skills." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-KefAbBkkpsU/YB73Zro713I/AAAAAAAAJjw/eorV2FG2zrQZJT100s9SnpIPafYk0daIwCLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/6.png" width="213" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div><div style="text-align: center;"></div></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-56119520365420052142020-10-23T15:53:00.000-05:002020-10-23T15:53:41.356-05:00Tips for Introducing Telling Time in the Primary GradesIn the primary classroom, we teach lots of skills and concepts that our students will use for the rest of their lives. Learning to tell time is just one of them. Some math concepts are fairly straightforward, but telling time is not one of them. Here's a few tips for introducing the concept of telling time in the primary classroom.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-cWPq1qidf3M/X4tJTLQcE0I/AAAAAAAAJBA/F5Q-4LRa_8srWIlzpS6gEYyk5KkJIogwwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-cWPq1qidf3M/X4tJTLQcE0I/AAAAAAAAJBA/F5Q-4LRa_8srWIlzpS6gEYyk5KkJIogwwCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/1.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">1. Get to Know the Clock</h2><div>Before you jump right into the concept of telling time, introduce your students to the clock. I'm a believer in teaching kids related vocabulary right from the start. When you teach about time here's some of the key vocabulary that students should know:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>clock face</li><li>hour hand</li><li>minute hand</li><li>analog</li><li>digital</li></ul></div><div>One of my favorite ways to do this is with hands-on activities. Students can build their own clock using a paper plate or work with <a href="https://amzn.to/2H9xT0P" target="_blank">practice clocks</a> like these:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/2H9xT0P" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1205" data-original-width="1428" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OjRNbkHcic0/X4sxbPBlreI/AAAAAAAAI_4/Xg4LtBsur8kI1COvi-yvp_HUInf7Xt6lgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/71GrJiRyeBL._AC_SL1468_.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>As students interact with the clock have them identify different parts and naming them using the vocabulary. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AJLRVhKqFhg/X4tJpZ-FyGI/AAAAAAAAJBM/eUEh9F8Kwus3NtOIxbzIc_msvX7z9TG5gCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="361" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-AJLRVhKqFhg/X4tJpZ-FyGI/AAAAAAAAJBM/eUEh9F8Kwus3NtOIxbzIc_msvX7z9TG5gCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h361/2.png" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">2. Introducing Time to the Hour</h2><div>Telling time to the hour is the best place to start when students learn to tell time. This is important because being able to identify the hour is necessary in other telling time skills. While the traditional approach is to teach that when the minute hands points to the 12 we say "o'clock" I'd urge you to broaden that. When we teach our students a hard and fast rule like this, we are setting them up for misunderstandings. </div><div><br /></div><div>Add a little science in with math and teach about how an analog clock works. Learn about gears and how they move the hands. As students understand the gears they will learn that because of the gears, the clock hands can't just jump from one number to the next. Using this we can teach students that the hour actually happens when the hour hand is on the number or in the space after the number. </div><div><br /></div><div>A great visual for teaching this concept is this amazing clock that uses color to show each hour zone.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/37fx7Kt" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="862" data-original-width="852" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-N6d4IF7SuG0/X4s3zL_Se6I/AAAAAAAAJAE/uSYt8fP4gqQLml-0t9s2hjdpDDyBLR-MgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-10-17%2Bat%2B11.45.40%2BAM.png" /></a></div><br /><div>Give students lots of hands-on practice with time to the hour. Students should be able to look at the clock and tell the time, but they also need to be able to create the time on the clock. </div><div><br /></div><div>It's also important to introduce students to telling time to the our on a digital clock. This way students are exposed to the different forms of time to the hour that they will see in real life.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">3. Time to the Half Hour and Beyond</h2><div>Once students have a good understanding of telling time to the hour, then it's time to move on to time to the half hour. Students will be able to use their knowledge and understanding of the "hour zone" and apply it to telling time at all levels. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-6PN1-v2NtfQ/X4tJHU3j8DI/AAAAAAAAJA4/XZvJR963qYYFajRWMIltyzt2S8eEfQKSgCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-6PN1-v2NtfQ/X4tJHU3j8DI/AAAAAAAAJA4/XZvJR963qYYFajRWMIltyzt2S8eEfQKSgCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/2.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>The general order of teaching is:</div><div><br /></div><div><ol style="text-align: left;"><li>Telling Time to the Hour</li><li>Telling Time to the Half Hour</li><li>Telling Time to the Quarter Hour / 15 minutes</li><li>Telling Time to the Minute</li></ol><div><br /></div><div>While you might not go through all of these in the primary classroom, you will be laying the foundation for the years to come. What's most important is that students understand the concepts so that they can apply and build on their understanding as they move to subsequent levels.</div></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">No Prep Resources</h2><div>In addition to all of the hands-on practice, it's important that students just have opportunities to practice telling time. Here are some <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Telling%20Time" target="_blank">no prep resources</a> that can be used as you teach time to the hour and the half hour.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Telling%20Time" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-DqOxzWJCni8/X4tGa3JzvPI/AAAAAAAAJAg/M84SGVbQVd4JQO7qZknwZb80hpJiE5F7wCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/3.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>You can find these telling time resources in print and digital format in this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Telling%20Time" target="_blank">Telling Time and Counting Money pack</a>. Practice these two important life skills with this single resource. You can also <a href="https://www.mrsbalius.com/2020/09/teaching kids to count money.html" target="_blank">find out how I teach counting coins</a> in the blog post.</div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MrsBalius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Telling%20Time" target="_blank"><img border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-wUL1SctIVPk/X4tICm-e2dI/AAAAAAAAJAs/U9tQqNFTmLQOue5ZHVq-KKsC_p0Rnr_GACLcBGAsYHQ/s320/FrogMathCover.19.jpg" /></a></div><br /><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these Tips for Telling Time</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can come back for these tips and ideas on teaching time in the primary classroom.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-NGQnG8UdZF8/X4tI6BnBGXI/AAAAAAAAJA0/V1pl8hnBY7k8TQdCmOcnh8Pul8cFQKYWgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/telling%2Btime%2Bpin.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-NGQnG8UdZF8/X4tI6BnBGXI/AAAAAAAAJA0/V1pl8hnBY7k8TQdCmOcnh8Pul8cFQKYWgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/telling%2Btime%2Bpin.png" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div><div><div style="text-align: center;"></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-49015714913733928172020-09-29T22:55:00.000-05:002020-09-29T22:55:47.156-05:00Number of the Day Digital FunIf you have followed my blog for any amount of time, then you probably know I am a big fan of using Number of the Day in the classroom. With the increase in the number of classrooms using 1 to 1 devices and the unexpected addition of distance learning, I decided to make a digital version of my favorite classroom number sense activity.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-zrhLyFViLx8/X3OKVQ0iUeI/AAAAAAAAI8M/PHj2M7TeKIo_iX9tsFHVMLS607CciruBACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Digital%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BHeader.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-zrhLyFViLx8/X3OKVQ0iUeI/AAAAAAAAI8M/PHj2M7TeKIo_iX9tsFHVMLS607CciruBACLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Digital%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BHeader.png" width="640" /></a></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Number of the Day Builds Number Sense Skills</h2><div>Number Sense. The reason I love Number of the Day is because of number sense. The foundation of math is the ability to fluently recognize, understand and use numbers in a variety of ways. Starting at the youngest of ages we can help our students build a solid foundation for their math futures and it starts with number sense.</div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Number Sense Activities that Work</h2><div>Over the years I have done many different number sense activities with my students. I have pulled from my teacher toolbox the activities I feel have helped my students the most and put them into this fun, skills-based digital activity.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Number of the Day activities helps students develop a strong number sense. Ready to use on Google Slides your students can complete on any devide. Share with Google Classroom or with a share link." border="0" data-original-height="350" data-original-width="350" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-l52muzBJQDo/X3OQnsh0XgI/AAAAAAAAI8g/22A2YMqWEp8Wu5LD0TspgNbhKaqXl5h9gCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/original-5873408-1.jpg" title="Digital Number of the Day" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>Here's a detailed look at the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" target="_blank">Digital Number of the Day</a> activities.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Counting Sets</h3><div>Each day starts out with counting out a set for the number of the day. This is a great way to work on counting skills and one to one correspondence. Learning and understanding 'how much' each number represents is an important part of building that number sense foundation.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Number of the Day has students counting sets" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1210" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-iFdeM_UTr6o/X3MkWqqlGBI/AAAAAAAAI4Q/9Vd7L818PdoPOQJO2mT0P2NxR72dG-J8wCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.37.49%2BPM.png" title="Counting a set" width="400" /></a></div><div></div><div><br /></div><div>As the numbers increase, it's not as time effective to count by ones, so higher numbers will include grouped counters which allows students to work on skip counting skills too!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Counting sets by ones or use skip counting" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1206" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-_FVkFH0QDt4/X3MlA5Q5oaI/AAAAAAAAI4Y/IdVezJphQJgu8Ab6mD8pWJSd5l6m8F-0ACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.43.23%2BPM.png" title="Digital Number of the Day counting sets" width="400" /></a></div><br /><h3 style="text-align: left;">Using Tally Marks</h3><div>Another important aspect to number sense is being able to use other forms, like tally marks, to represent the number. Tally marks are great because 1) they are commonly used in real life which helps our students connect their learning to everyday life; and 2) they introduce the concept of skip counting by fives.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Use tally marks to represent a number with the digital number of the day activities" border="0" data-original-height="902" data-original-width="1208" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-0PZDA8m7ipw/X3MoxJtbVoI/AAAAAAAAI4k/7puQehffGxM-z84vXOBAHIuqk6RD7wrIwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.38.10%2BPM.png" title="Tally marks for Number of the Day" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div>Each slide was intentionally set up to include a 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 set of tally marks. This allows students to work at their skill level. If a student needs to count by ones, they can. But it also opens the door to the concepts of addition and subtraction by asking questions like "how many more?"</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Tally marks help with skip counting" border="0" data-original-height="856" data-original-width="1146" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-HIvCpUyu3V0/X3MrwXiZkGI/AAAAAAAAI4w/bmdmoC1nMWEYCvrnXZkFoAwFLOO31uJiwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-29%2Bat%2B7.42.18%2BAM.png" title="Number of the Day example" width="400" /></a></div><br /><h3 style="text-align: left;">Standard Form</h3><div>One of the most basic levels of understanding numbers is knowing how to write the number in standard form. Learning proper writing formation for the digits 0-9, and then knowing how to put those digits together to form different numbers is one of the first skills our students learn. This is a precursor skill to learning about place value.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learning to write numbers helps students with standard form" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1208" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-WRmf2nxcq74/X3MsWk3pQ2I/AAAAAAAAI44/oeuHsVUXrQskegHZpVZTR9BwQOFqzIfFgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.38.38%2BPM.png" title="writing numbers" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div>Since this is a digital activity, students will also develop some basic technology skills. This activity introduces students to typing.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Number of the Day also works on basic technology skills like typing" border="0" data-original-height="908" data-original-width="1208" height="301" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MQjAU-F-yHg/X3MvSEzZRGI/AAAAAAAAI5E/2t9_xWrQo0c6lnXEQ_4lo3JbzQ-JJfbAwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h301/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.51.35%2BPM.png" title="numbers in standard form" width="400" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Place Value</h3><div>Speaking of place value . . . Number of the Day would not be complete without using place value to break down the number. Students will add each number into the place value chart and then build the number using place value blocks.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Place Value is a key part of developing a number sense" border="0" data-original-height="906" data-original-width="1208" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-pIGeMZugq2s/X3Mv1MFKaII/AAAAAAAAI5M/61oOqrJeO5ozS-VBJYPlkdZlhLi65WqwACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.41.43%2BPM.png" title="Place Value Chart and numbers" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Building numbers with place value blocks is a great way to" border="0" data-original-height="908" data-original-width="1212" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-IseefzKDLzE/X3NGgCovZVI/AAAAAAAAI5Y/Od78n0pHTZoK1IKyflWZKqFQ0pwJK_LOgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.39.02%2BPM.png" title="Digital Place Value Blocks" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div>This is a skill that continues to build on itself as students start working with larger numbers. Understanding what each of the place value columns represents is a key part to building that number sense. It is this that helps students know that the digit '4' does not always equal the same quantity.</div><div><br /></div><div>Down the road, students will also be introduced to using place value to write expanded form.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Using expanded form as a way to represent the value of numbers as part of digital number of the day" border="0" data-original-height="856" data-original-width="1142" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-y8arBBnP5iE/X3N_h3lXXUI/AAAAAAAAI70/f-QUFJIET-84Ujg76gOZDQBR9cKXEJ9QQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-29%2Bat%2B1.31.32%2BPM.png" title="Expanded form and number sense" width="400" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Using Ten Frames</h3><div>Building numbers in ten frames is another great way for students to learn about quantity. Initially, students can use ten frames to count out sets, but as their knowledge of place value grows they can connect the sets of tens and ones to the number. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Learning to represent a number on a tens frame helps students understand the quantity" border="0" data-original-height="906" data-original-width="1208" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-wZ4U2T4y3OQ/X3NH3aJlE8I/AAAAAAAAI5k/zCS33QFCF88vEE5pubSmanbQ3F_yHnb5ACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.39.46%2BPM.png" title="Ten frames with number of the day" width="400" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>While students start out filling the ten frame one at a time, essentially counting by ones to build the number, the complexity will increase as students work with larger numbers. Later, students will be able to count by tens and fill a ten frame using skip counting.</div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="ten frames is a great way to skip count by tens" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1206" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-bqh5T2ma_YM/X3NH38ouL-I/AAAAAAAAI5o/4oPACUovgtw-CNo-pwUuWjcV5YrXbCbSACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.52.51%2BPM.png" title="digital number of the day and filling ten frames" width="400" /></a></div><br /><h3 style="text-align: left;">Counting & Ordering Numbers</h3><div>Counting might just be the first skill children learn with numbers. Even before they can recognize a number, they can often count. But being able to memorize some words in order does not mean that students understand the concept of counting. It is important to give our students lots of practice counting in varied forms. Students should be able to count forwards and backwards starting at 1 or another number. Students should also be able to fill in missing numbers in a series of numbers that are provided. Through this digital Number of the Day activity students will get lots of opportunities doing this.</div><div><br /></div><div style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="finding missing numbers on a number line" border="0" data-original-height="902" data-original-width="1210" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-4VxZ6JKYyMs/X3NLfm_w_rI/AAAAAAAAI58/XegBZjnz-sEG2jeg9ecu1UTpU6zoze5CQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.40.19%2BPM.png" title="missing numbers and a number line" width="400" /></a></div><div style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="digital number of the day and finding missing numbers" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1208" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-gh_qU6M5Wvc/X3N8efc6hZI/AAAAAAAAI7M/g9UMp5SzG_oi9LSoVny7LRSsQQ7pkZgTwCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.41.23%2BPM.png" title="missing numbers helps build number sense" width="400" /></a></div><div style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;">As students become more familiar with the processes and working with higher numbers, the activities change slightly so students stay challenged. In the number line activity above, students are dragging in the correct number. However, a couple of months later, they will be typing in the missing numbers without scaffolded supports.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="using a number line to fill in missing numbers" border="0" data-original-height="910" data-original-width="1206" height="301" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-zVB4jdGe_24/X3N2agAn44I/AAAAAAAAI6c/AlcUrSZ3JmUH6JcDymycY7bju1SeZuqpQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h301/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.53.16%2BPM.png" title="number lines on number of the day" width="400" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="filling in missing numbers is a key number sense skill" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1210" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-lzGd2kkfBDw/X3N8mRrhMsI/AAAAAAAAI7Q/ZOtBb5b-y3sz-qNhV1Budz7X87lmB7u1QCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.54.04%2BPM.png" title="digital number of the day missing numbers" width="400" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Students will continue to to be challenged with counting from any starting point and filling in missing numbers.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="skill levels gradually increase as numbers increase on digital number of the day" border="0" data-original-height="856" data-original-width="1144" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-nx0lLfh8I5g/X3OAlmSXkNI/AAAAAAAAI8A/bhmYLQO3paQhljyXmZJL5mENbUnaNop9QCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-29%2Bat%2B1.33.09%2BPM.png" title="missing numbers" width="400" /></a></div></div><h3 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Relating With Other Numbers</h3><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Once students have an understanding of what a number represents and numbers in order, learning how numbers relate to each other is a skill students will develop. Using a hundreds chart is a great way for students to not only see numbers in order, but also how they relate to one another. On these digital Number of the Day activities students will be challenged to think about numbers on a hundreds chart as they relate to the target number.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Students will fill in the parts of a hundred chart that touch the target number. Students will start with the concepts of one less and one more. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="relating numbers to a hundred chart helps with number sense" border="0" data-original-height="906" data-original-width="1206" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-LedpFS1BuHw/X3N521Z5WLI/AAAAAAAAI6w/KVqWQB9XJd0w4KezMJWZyau0tCoVNn7bQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.40.33%2BPM.png" title="number of the day example" width="400" /></a></div><br /> Then they will add in the concepts of ten less and ten more.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="working with more and less on digital number of the day" border="0" data-original-height="904" data-original-width="1208" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Tfe2W5WIrlM/X3N6Ie78YpI/AAAAAAAAI64/YgDkooSQ2zIGgUO7iUvHn5teUFTGqRCUgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.53.38%2BPM.png" title="ten more ten less one more one less" width="400" /></a></div><p style="text-align: left;">As students skills continue to grow, so does the challenge they will see in the Number of the Day activities. </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="harder more and less on digital number of the day" border="0" data-original-height="854" data-original-width="1144" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2sb7J8SkrMo/X3N-2LfkKKI/AAAAAAAAI7o/-Oi3SfgDmPUl2XJEDEty9mU8XW-gSbhDQCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-29%2Bat%2B1.33.56%2BPM.png" title="number of the day example for 73" width="400" /></a></div><br /><p style="text-align: left;">While keeping the activities consistent, they continue to gradually become more difficult as students are able. This allows the students to have the benefit of a spiral review that also continues moving them forward in their learning too!</p><h3 style="text-align: left;">Basic Operations</h3><div>As students start working with higher numbers, they will also use the target number to practice some basic addition and subtraction. Using the number and images, students are able to use their counting skills to add or subtract.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="using numbers in basic operations" border="0" data-original-height="908" data-original-width="1212" height="300" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-mdF0mIcks04/X3N8I9MZz1I/AAAAAAAAI7E/sZn9zqnBlBgeXNWomCB3kzhLZhMrlCSFgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h300/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B6.58.30%2BPM.png" title="digital number of the day with basic addition and subtraction" width="400" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="using basic addition and subtraction to learn more about numbers" border="0" data-original-height="858" data-original-width="1148" height="299" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CMLsVfDvFHc/X3N-bO82h9I/AAAAAAAAI7g/15rXxsrTpdc0t4Px-QHRziDYYPBTnmGsgCLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h299/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-29%2Bat%2B1.30.46%2BPM.png" title="number of the day basic subtraction" width="400" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Solid Number Sense Skills</h2><div>Using these activities on a daily basis students will build a solid number sense foundation. This activity can be done as a whole group on a Smartboard or single device. What is great about this option is the modeling that can be done with the thinking and the activities. However, since it is digital it can also easily be shared with students to complete individually. This could be done at the same time as the group to increase engagement or it could be done individually as morning work, a math warm-up or even a daily math center. </div><div><br /></div><div>This daily practice with a variety of skills is also a great informal assessment of what your students are learning and struggling with. As you see class struggles you can use this information to reteach skills and concepts. You can also add targeted skill practice in math centers. For individual struggles you can do targeted reteaching through small group instruction. </div><div><br /></div><div>They key for our students to developing fluency with numbers is the repeated practice of number sense skills. By adding <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Number-of-the-Day-1080-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1-120Bundle-5873408?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Digital%20NOD%20Post" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> to your daily math schedule your students will be well on their way.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Number Sense Ideas</h2><div>Just pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can come back and quickly find these number sense ideas.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Q4xf9O34Y6k/X3OK34dMiQI/AAAAAAAAI8U/LB2FsPqwfzEq7OZj5tFAFAcHWNkwE4WowCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Digital%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BPin.png" imageanchor="1" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Build solid number sense skills with Number of the Day. This digital daily math helps students build important number sense skills so they they can work fluently with numbers. Skills include recognizing and writing numbers, place value, missing numbers and basic addition and subtraction." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Q4xf9O34Y6k/X3OK34dMiQI/AAAAAAAAI8U/LB2FsPqwfzEq7OZj5tFAFAcHWNkwE4WowCLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/Digital%2BNumber%2Bof%2Bthe%2BDay%2BPin.png" title="Digital Number of the Day" width="213" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-70941781839320018572020-09-29T22:39:00.000-05:002020-09-29T22:39:01.867-05:00All About Me With a Math TwistThe beginning of the school year is always a great time to get to know your students. But really, is there a bad time to get to know your students better? Here's how I get to know students in my math classroom.<div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BdY6ahRPKJg/X3Jh6WW4PQI/AAAAAAAAI3Q/Gy-ZgB8_jzUp9dCYARRetfoF6pdThNbAQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Math%2BAbout%2BMe%2BHeader.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="All About Me activity with a math twist is a great digital activity to get to know your students better." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="360" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-BdY6ahRPKJg/X3Jh6WW4PQI/AAAAAAAAI3Q/Gy-ZgB8_jzUp9dCYARRetfoF6pdThNbAQCLcBGAsYHQ/w640-h360/Math%2BAbout%2BMe%2BHeader.jpg" title="Math About Me Digital Activity" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div>Sometimes get-to-know-you activities seem better suited as a language arts activity with the writing and speaking standards. Sometimes they don't seem to connect to any academic skills. While I know how very important it is to use activities of this nature to build a classroom community and get to know my students, I really love when they connect to our learning too. That is what I created these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me</a> activities.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Students will tell about the numbers that describe them (their age, number of people in their family, etc.) A great get to know you activity in the math classroom." border="0" data-original-height="862" data-original-width="1538" height="264" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-TEkwUzqb4QQ/X3JjDI5PU_I/AAAAAAAAI3k/HYylTzNXEbMyTPek97_lMk4PSKvpDbiRwCLcBGAsYHQ/w471-h264/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.24.08%2BPM.png" title="Math About Me Sample screen" width="471" /></a></div><div><h2 style="text-align: left;">One Activity - Three Goals</h2><div>I'm all about double and triple dipping as long as it's not with my chips and salsa. But when it comes to classroom activities I LOVE when an activity has 2 or 3 purposes. The more the better. That is the case with the Math About Me digital activities.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Goal 1: Get to Know Your Students</h3><div>With this fun and engaging digital activity, you have the opportunity to get to know your students and some facts about them and their family. This is a great way to build connections in your classroom.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="All About Me activity that is perfect for math class. Digital activity for elementary students." border="0" data-original-height="858" data-original-width="1532" height="251" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/--U4u9k8zFGo/X3JjcqsH1aI/AAAAAAAAI3s/k0fQ4Yy8-Nkbp79NDC1LIz7OY5uFj4sggCLcBGAsYHQ/w448-h251/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.27.45%2BPM.png" title="Math About Me and My Family" width="448" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Goal 2: Informal Assessment of Math Skills</h3><div>Within the Math About Me activity, students will be working with numbers in a variety of ways. This is a great way to informally assess your students math skills and get a little insight into where they are, what they do well, and what they might be struggling with.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Get to know your students and practice math skills with this Math About Me digital activity." border="0" data-original-height="858" data-original-width="1528" height="262" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-aeBSUj7V68c/X3JjprgGapI/AAAAAAAAI3w/eLERzPPoKz8c4uspPkNBEE8_jWANKgugACLcBGAsYHQ/w465-h262/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.36.31%2BPM.png" title="Math About Me for 3rd and 4th grade" width="465" /></a></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">Goal 3: Technology Skills</h3><div>This All About Me activity is a digital activity that uses Google Slides. Through the activity students will learn and practice typing and using text boxes, clicking and completing a drag and drop function. All of these are skills we will use with other digital activities throughout the year. So while the ultimate goal is getting to know my students, I can also use this as a great opportunity to begin teaching how to use the Google apps and complete basic technology functions.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Math About Me for 1st & 2nd Grade</h2><div>This <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1st-2nd-Grade-5905093?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me activity</a> was designed for first and second grade students, although with some reading help it could be completed by kindergarten students too! The math part of this get to know you activity focuses on <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1st-2nd-Grade-5905093?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">numbers and building numbers with ten frames and tally marks</a>. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-tDdYXv1tfxs/X3Jj4q_MyeI/AAAAAAAAI34/0InCaub5tXIONqw7m5e3YHl0Lzo_VSG6gCLcBGAsYHQ/s1528/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.28.55%2BPM.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="1st and 2nd grade students will love this All About Me activity" border="0" data-original-height="858" data-original-width="1528" height="264" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-tDdYXv1tfxs/X3Jj4q_MyeI/AAAAAAAAI34/0InCaub5tXIONqw7m5e3YHl0Lzo_VSG6gCLcBGAsYHQ/w469-h264/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.28.55%2BPM.png" title="Math About Me for primary students" width="469" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Students will have a chance to tell about themselves and see the numbers associated with them, their family and their pets. </div><div><br /></div><div>Here's a peek into the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1st-2nd-Grade-5905093?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me activity for primary students</a>.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='320' height='266' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dyvkoE_K8si34Ld2hONsI9bCWQ_aYD4FGHoOokpLmDQZD1IAs8KPzc0JpACZItS66tmUgTM0EsAabdLRiY93Q' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><div><br /></div><p style="text-align: left;">Get to know your students and the numbers in their life with Math About Me for 1st & 2nd Grade. You can find this fun digital activity in my store on Teachers Pay Teachers.</p><p style="text-align: left;"><br /></p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-1st-2nd-Grade-5905093?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Math All About Me Activity for 1st and 2nd Grades" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-a3RJr1B-wG8/X3JRfgN4-SI/AAAAAAAAI24/JIFxs4_m2b4IRFbvS6TZHKQdETpcdwGBQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/MAM.Cover.2.jpg" title="Math About Me 1 and 2" width="320" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Math About Me for 3rd & 4th Grade</h2><div>I created a second version of <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-3rd-and-4th-Grade-5945623?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me for 3rd & 4th grade students</a>. While the get to know you parts of the activity are similar to the version for younger students, the math aspects are not. Students will use "their numbers" and calculate 10 more and 100 more as well as writing equations with numbers related to their life. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Math activity and get to know you activity for elementary students" border="0" data-original-height="854" data-original-width="1532" height="268" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-7ihLJ4Q3nQM/X3JkOpliyYI/AAAAAAAAI4E/DeWpke6FFIE4KkrWO0yrGjEQRIcaTVOUQCLcBGAsYHQ/w482-h268/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-28%2Bat%2B3.33.28%2BPM.png" title="Math About Me 34" width="482" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Here's some of the fun your students will have with <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-3rd-and-4th-Grade-5945623?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me for elementary students</a>.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='320' height='266' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dxeHH9mowFNTO65vk_Sx49ViN6qPssm9a5UPkO2PX0BQr9RBTP1ahClFc_RNewoJ1gAO9en1LFsUMu684IwIQ' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><br /><div>You can find this Math About Me Activity in my TpT store too!</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Math-About-Me-Digital-Google-Slides-Distance-Learning-3rd-and-4th-Grade-5945623?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Digital Math About Me Activity for 3rd and 4th grades" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-uhtrDAnKG7A/X3JWimI-TEI/AAAAAAAAI3E/0nYAa39hGw8DyBdByus--ZqjQZZ8ZBUcgCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/Slide1.JPG" title="Math About Me 3 and 4" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>I love getting my students to work with numbers in ways that are different and fun and these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Search:%22Math+About+Me%22?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Math%20About%20Me" target="_blank">Math About Me activities</a> do just that. So why not get to know your students a little better and have some math fun too!</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin it to Save it!</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite Pinterest board so you can quickly get back to these fun and engaging All About Me activities with a math twist.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-QKS5PjlotZk/X3JiB7z-tsI/AAAAAAAAI3U/7BeRGT1Tw7EpWw-0YlzHx8ZrWU_Z-XakQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Math%2BAbout%2BMe%2BPin.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Get to know you students and their numbers with this fun digital All About Me activity with a math twist." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-QKS5PjlotZk/X3JiB7z-tsI/AAAAAAAAI3U/7BeRGT1Tw7EpWw-0YlzHx8ZrWU_Z-XakQCLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/Math%2BAbout%2BMe%2BPin.jpg" title="All About Me with a Math Twist" width="213" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com0tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-8757423945222544572020-09-04T11:10:00.000-05:002020-09-04T11:10:31.572-05:00Teaching Kids to Count Money Step by Step<p>I'm sure you've heard it said before, "When will I ever use this," about many math concepts. And it might be true that some higher level math skills won't be used if you aren't in a career with a math focus. But there are many math skills that we use in our daily lives and counting money is one of them. Teaching kids to count money is one of those skills that our students will use for the rest of their lives. So we owe it to them to guide them to mastery on this skill. </p><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-EIbKA3f96wA/X1EsWXIqpJI/AAAAAAAAIt8/ep1mlyj4zKINXWRd4v1X5sriQNkniBhigCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/4.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="step by step approach to teaching kids how to count money" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="351" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-EIbKA3f96wA/X1EsWXIqpJI/AAAAAAAAIt8/ep1mlyj4zKINXWRd4v1X5sriQNkniBhigCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h351/4.jpg" width="625" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><h2>Before You Teach Kids to Count Money</h2><p style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MZzo6bvdQss/X1Esc3JRuAI/AAAAAAAAIuA/-kQby7MLqrct5KgMSzLD5w2NtcrF7fUEACLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/skip%2Bcounting.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;"><img alt="skip counting is an important precursor to teaching kids to count coins" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="400" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-MZzo6bvdQss/X1Esc3JRuAI/AAAAAAAAIuA/-kQby7MLqrct5KgMSzLD5w2NtcrF7fUEACLcBGAsYHQ/w400-h400/skip%2Bcounting.jpg" width="400" /></a>Before jumping in to counting money, it is really important that kids know how to skip count by 5's, 10's and 25's. The more fluently they can skip count the more fluently they will be able to count money. Obviously, counting by 1's is also an important foundational skill that will help kids learn to count money. </p><div><br /></div><div>Your students don't need to have mastered skip counting, but having an understanding of the concept will be very important. If they cannot skip count by memory then it will also be important to have a skip counting tool in place that they can use as they count money.</div><div><br /></div><h2>Step 1: The Value of Coins</h2><div>The first step in teaching kids to count money is to make sure that they can identify each of the coins and its value. Students should be able to identify a coin by both the front and back side, give its name and how much it is worth. </div><h2>Step 2: Sorting the Coins</h2><div>One of the easiest ways to teach kids to count money is to start by sorting the coins into groups. Once you have all of the same coin together, the next step will be much easier. Later, as students find counting coins easier, you can skip this step and keep the coins mixed up. But for starting out, this sorting step will make the rest of the process easier for the students.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Ff8AFoaAi0k/X1EssJPUAhI/AAAAAAAAIuI/ZHP21HXUWJAPwUrL0vO3Du_gwviI4-4VQCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/2.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="sorting coins is the first step in counting money" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Ff8AFoaAi0k/X1EssJPUAhI/AAAAAAAAIuI/ZHP21HXUWJAPwUrL0vO3Du_gwviI4-4VQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/2.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><h2>Step 3: Start with the Biggest Value and Count On</h2><div>Have students find the coins with the biggest value. Then show students that since all of the coins in that group have the same value they can use skip counting to count them. If you are using actual coins, have students count as they touch the coin and drag it into a new pile.</div><div><br /></div><div>If you are using pictures of coins on a worksheet or practice page, have students write in the value of each coin on the picture. Then have them skip count starting with the biggest value. </div><div><br /></div><div>Once they skip counted all the coins with the largest value, then move to the coins with the next largest value. Start counting where you left off and just adjust what you are skip counting by. Here's an example:</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-saGAyuxNkbI/X1EsxtQ5dkI/AAAAAAAAIuQ/stMm4awGVyASAwa-YOn2Dws81mz8KBW1QCLcBGAsYHQ/s1080/1.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="how to skip count as you count money example" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-saGAyuxNkbI/X1EsxtQ5dkI/AAAAAAAAIuQ/stMm4awGVyASAwa-YOn2Dws81mz8KBW1QCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/1.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><br /><div>In this picture you can see 3 quarters, 3 dimes and 5 pennies. This is what the counting process should sound like for this group of coins - quarter first, then dimes, pennies last. This is what it should sound like:</div><div></div><blockquote><div style="text-align: center;">25 - 50 - 75 - 85 - 95 - 105 - 106 - 107 - 108 - 109- 110</div><div></div></blockquote><div><br /></div><div>This process is called Counting On and it is one of the easiest ways to teach kids how to count coins. In fact, although as an adult you probably don't think about each of these steps, it is very likely that this is how you count money without even realizing it.</div><div><br /></div><div>Teaching kids to count money doesn't have to be hard if you follow these steps. Start with one coin and work through the steps. When students can count multiples of each individual coin then move to two different coins in the group and work through the steps. Once students can count two different coins then add a third coin and work through the steps. Just slowly build upon the last lesson as students show that they are ready! </div><div><br /></div><div>When people tell me they are having problems with their class learning to count money I immediately wonder what step they are missing. After a few minutes of talking I can usually pin point the problem, and it always comes back to the steps. Sometimes they don't have a skip counting foundation and other times they jump from Step 1 to multiple coins Step 3 and just skip over the step by step approach. </div><h2>Practice, Practice, Practice</h2><div>Once students have learned the steps for counting coins, they need to practice, practice and practice so more! </div><div><br /></div><h3>Hands-On Practice</h3><div>One of my favorite ways to practice counting coins is to play a game called Grab Bag! Here I take a small bag of coins and have each randomly grab a few from the bag. Then we practice going through the steps and counting the coins.</div><div><br /></div><div>The great thing about the Grab Bag is that you can fill the bag with the coins you are working on, or the coins your kids are struggling with. So, if you are working on counting by pennies and nickels, then you would only put pennies and nickels in the bag. This makes it really easy to differentiate for your students. This is a really fun game to play during small group instruction. Once students can count coins independently, you can use the Grab Bag game as a math center.</div><h3>Written Practice</h3><div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Money-Telling-Time-First-Grade-Math-Printables-for-Distance-Learning-5571149?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank">Money Counting Practice Pages</a> are another great way to practice counting coins. My favorite counting coins practice pages are in this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Money-Telling-Time-First-Grade-Math-Printables-for-Distance-Learning-5571149?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank">Time & Money set</a>! </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Money-Telling-Time-First-Grade-Math-Printables-for-Distance-Learning-5571149?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="time and money practice set by Mrs. Balius" border="0" data-original-height="768" data-original-width="768" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-67-zE-FXrW4/X1Es7Q0X9rI/AAAAAAAAIuU/6zJruUZZSBEDgQ-Z-GreDvw1ERpZyADHQCLcBGAsYHQ/w320-h320/FrogMathCover.19.jpg" width="320" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">What I love about this set is that it includes instructional posters and practice pages in an order that supports kids from the beginning to more advanced coin counting. The instructional posters can be used as you teach your lessons and then hung in the room to provide a learning tool that your students can refer back to. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Money-Telling-Time-First-Grade-Math-Printables-for-Distance-Learning-5571149?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank"><img alt="sample instructional posters for teaching kids to count money" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="351" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ysiEvYjxKtY/X1EtBRD45bI/AAAAAAAAIuc/U5WexRPvy1MJbgHbvZgAKZbGnl3RnWnRQCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h351/Instructional%2BPosters.jpg" width="625" /></a></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">These posters will take you from Step 1 all the way through the coin counting process. You even get posters for the most advanced activities which requires students to apply what they know to a real world situation in the "Do I Have Enough" activities.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">Next comes the variety of practice pages that will give your students the repeated practice necessary to learn and master this skill. First, students work on counting money that is all one coin. Then they work on counting money that is displayed in a line, already in order by value. Next they will have to order the money on their own when the coins are left in a random group. Finally, they will apply what they have learned to decide if they have enough money to buy something.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Counting-Money-Telling-Time-First-Grade-Math-Printables-for-Distance-Learning-5571149?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank"><img alt="sample practice pages for teaching kids to count money" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="351" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ob2FDN36joQ/X1EtK9NFeWI/AAAAAAAAIug/k6L7mifmWOg4FcTymOXy4mLxMYP7Qi_wwCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h351/worksheets.jpg" width="625" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><br /><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">You can also <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank">find these activities in digital format too</a>! Students can complete these activities using Google Slides which makes them perfect for classroom technology integration, distance learning, or a 1:1 classroom setting. </div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="digital activities for counting money" border="0" data-original-height="1022" data-original-width="1020" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-OwPeHYsR_sg/X1EtSDli3pI/AAAAAAAAIus/frRtbs_VxGE_msmF4Eim6Xx_HPpvYgjmACLcBGAsYHQ/w319-h320/Screen%2BShot%2B2020-09-03%2Bat%2B12.31.36%2BPM.png" width="319" /></a></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;">Students will type into text boxes and move objects to provide their answers on the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-Counting-Money-Telling-Time-Google-Slides-First-Grade-Math-Dist-Learn-479842?utm_source=MB%20Blog&utm_campaign=Counting%20Money" target="_blank">digital activities</a>. Look at the digital activities in action.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen='allowfullscreen' webkitallowfullscreen='webkitallowfullscreen' mozallowfullscreen='mozallowfullscreen' width='320' height='266' src='https://www.blogger.com/video.g?token=AD6v5dwol7TcTw3CPNzBhw6LPLBFE3n9If2FzTZtj2IZyqfHBHHVAbC5woArwTPQW1Mw1if8IpJcOj5ZGrnJWJ6q8Q' class='b-hbp-video b-uploaded' frameborder='0' /></div><h2 style="clear: both;">Get Counting!</h2><div>Grab these fun and interactive counting money activities (and get some fun activities for learning to tell time too)!</div><div><br /></div><div>If you aren't quite ready, then pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so that you can come back quickly when you it's time to teach your students all about counting coins.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-KVDb1OoEWDY/X1EpxlDaheI/AAAAAAAAItw/ih6HVZzKWnATBnJdd0KEA7m7_nr0n3DtgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/1.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-KVDb1OoEWDY/X1EpxlDaheI/AAAAAAAAItw/ih6HVZzKWnATBnJdd0KEA7m7_nr0n3DtgCLcBGAsYHQ/s320/1.jpg" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com3tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-26898069349346881792020-09-04T11:08:00.006-05:002020-09-04T11:08:53.463-05:00Teaching the Skill of Comparing Numbers<br /><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;">In the primary grades math skills like rounding, estimating and comparing numbers can often get overlooked in lieu of learning to recognize, read and write numbers. And while these are extremely important foundational skills, it is also important that we teach our students to work with numbers way in other ways too. Comparing numbers is one of those ways!</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-sU4_jAkUywQ/X0ht_f0D2DI/AAAAAAAAIoU/XAipuKhGzsQiBY_INK03C1lj518Q7QJDwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/1.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-sU4_jAkUywQ/X0ht_f0D2DI/AAAAAAAAIoU/XAipuKhGzsQiBY_INK03C1lj518Q7QJDwCLcBGAsYHQ/s640/1.jpg" width="640" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Why is Comparing Numbers Important?</h2><div>Comparing numbers is an important part of building a student's number sense. Number sense is the ability for a student to recognize a number, it's value and it's relationship with other numbers. It is this important last component that is built by comparing numbers.</div><div><br /></div><div>Before working on comparing numbers, it is important that students have an understanding of the numbers and their value they will be working with. This understanding can be basic, and can include the need to use manipulatives and other hands-on tools. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-n2IhnB2GYCE/X0hugyaD9oI/AAAAAAAAIok/WNUlUrpQ1lIz1BiwCZjy5syYUH-Z6CWTACLcBGAsYHQ/s1200/2.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="800" height="512" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-n2IhnB2GYCE/X0hugyaD9oI/AAAAAAAAIok/WNUlUrpQ1lIz1BiwCZjy5syYUH-Z6CWTACLcBGAsYHQ/w342-h512/2.jpg" width="342" /></a></div><div>Think of it like this - if you asked a student which is more, 3 or 4, the student needs to be able to know that your word "three" means the symbol 3 which also means * * * (or the ability to use counting skills to make that determination). The same with the number 4. But once a student has this basic understanding, they are able to start learning about comparing numbers.</div><div><br /></div><div>Now please understand that this basic understanding of numbers is referring to the numbers you would use for comparing numbers. An understanding of numbers to 10 does not mean that a student is ready to compare numbers in the hundreds or thousands.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">What is Comparing Numbers?</h2><div>Comparing numbers is the ability to determine more and fewer, greater than, less than and equal to, and putting a group of numbers in order. Comparing numbers is a relational number skill where students work with numbers in relation to each other.</div><div><br /></div><div>When you think about numbers in the real world, they are often relational, and that makes comparing numbers important. You are having a party with 10 people and purchasing a dozen cupcakes. Do you have enough cupcakes? Comparing numbers. You are going on vacation for 2 weeks and taking 5 shirts. Do you have enough shirts? Comparing numbers. We might not walk around using the words "greater than" and "less than" in our day to day speech, but we are comparing numbers all the time in our daily lives.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Activities for Teaching and Practicing Comparing Numbers</h2><div>Here are some of my favorite activities for teaching and practicing comparing numbers.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">1. Counting and Comparing Manipulatives</h3><div>For young students, the absolute best way to start comparing numbers is using a hands-on approach. Grab some number cards, an extra set of calendar numbers, playing cards (numbers only), or even write numbers on a 3x5 card. Then grab some manipulatives like counting blocks, mini erasers, buttons or pom poms. Have the students count out the manipulatives to make a set for each number. It works really well to have them line up the items so they can clearly see which one has more. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-t8TgtVdeShg/X0ht3UkjclI/AAAAAAAAIoM/NoG-BiUa9REHPEQa-012-g3MsK-9CNvwACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-t8TgtVdeShg/X0ht3UkjclI/AAAAAAAAIoM/NoG-BiUa9REHPEQa-012-g3MsK-9CNvwACLcBGAsYHQ/s640/2.jpg" width="640" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>After lining up sets for each number, ask students these questions:</div><div><ul style="text-align: left;"><li>Which has more?</li><li>How do you know?</li><li>Can you make a sentence with these numbers using the word more?</li><li>Which has less?</li><li>How do you know?</li><li>Can you make a sentence with these numbers using the word less?</li></ul><h3 style="text-align: left;">2. The Hungry Alligator</h3></div><div>For younger students, the hungry alligator is a great way to introduce the symbols for greater than and less than. These symbols are easily turned into an alligator face. Introduce your students to the hungry alligator who wants to eat as much as he can. When the alligator has a choice between two numbers, he always chooses the greater number. </div><div><br /></div><div>We all know that learning is more fun with a song, and this concept is no different. This song and video is catchy and easy to sing, but also does a great job with the concepts and vocabulary.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><iframe allowfullscreen="" class="BLOG_video_class" height="266" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/KPaU4VKkYF8" width="320" youtube-src-id="KPaU4VKkYF8"></iframe></div><br /><div>After introducing the alligator, make sure to have number talks using the proper vocabulary. Morning meeting is a great time to do this. Put two numbers on the board and ask the students to be an alligator and "chomp" the greater number. An alligator puppet is also a great way to get students actively involved lessons on comparing numbers. They will love it and the story approach will really help the abstractness take root.</div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><br /></div><h3 style="text-align: left;">2. Create a Number Battle Center</h3><div>Similar to the card game called "War" you can use playing cards or number cards to have a number battle. Students can play in groups of 2, 3, or 4. Divide the cards equally amongst all the players with the numbers facing down. At the same time, each student will turn over one card. The player with the greatest number gets to keep all the cards from that round.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-k4Qlra2IDSE/X0htiU3rddI/AAAAAAAAIoA/xVznwfLzSugdXDWPN9NWxrskALiRW_PJACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/4.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-k4Qlra2IDSE/X0htiU3rddI/AAAAAAAAIoA/xVznwfLzSugdXDWPN9NWxrskALiRW_PJACLcBGAsYHQ/s640/4.jpg" width="640" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div>What is great about this game is that there is no limit to what numbers you can use. You can use numbers cards for any numbers. You can even let your students create the number the cards on 3 x 5 cards. Give each student 5 cards and have them write a number that is equal to or less than 500 (or whatever you choose to be the highest number). Then collect all the cards and use them to be your card deck for number battles.</div><h3 style="text-align: left;">3. Comparing Numbers in the Real World</h3><div>Another great way to help students learn and practice the concept of comparing numbers is to help them connect it to real life. There's no better time to compare numbers then when you are shopping. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CgqIc9pusXw/X0htVsSlipI/AAAAAAAAIn8/5IfMRc2WZFcwwLWAmW5o82fRorBqF_tLQCLcBGAsYHQ/s400/print-circular-marketing-analytics.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="225" data-original-width="400" height="351" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CgqIc9pusXw/X0htVsSlipI/AAAAAAAAIn8/5IfMRc2WZFcwwLWAmW5o82fRorBqF_tLQCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h351/print-circular-marketing-analytics.jpg" width="625" /></a></div><br /><div><br /></div><div>Use ads from the newspaper or pull up local stores and have students compare prices on similar items to determine which is the better buy. The great thing is that you can find a wide range of prices in the ads from numbers 0-20 to numbers in the thousands (think electronics and cars). You could even compare numbers in the hundreds of thousands and millions by comparing house prices and real estate. </div><h3 style="text-align: left;">4. Consistent Practice with Number of the Day</h3><div>Number of the Day is a great daily math practice that gives students practice on a variety of key number sense skills including comparing numbers. Students will have opportunities to practice comparing numbers using groups, symbols, numbers lines and more. Additionally, students will practice other number sense skills that will help them with math skills now and in the future.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Second-Grade-Bundle-1423469?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="410" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-6qD72XgRiPE/X0rIL2_fy8I/AAAAAAAAIpE/4E0Ujgd566cYqPH4jUAl1QjFMph2YmtTgCLcBGAsYHQ/w410-h410/1.jpg" width="410" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>When students have the opportunity to review skills consistently and repeatedly it helps them to master the skills. The great thing about number of the day is that it can be used in just a few minutes each day. It makes a perfect morning work or math warm-up activity. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rqtK9euUbtY/X0rIcxM4fHI/AAAAAAAAIpM/SDFWToUnl2wOO_80zCweZVh0AT0d-eGYwCLcBGAsYHQ/s1200/2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="800" height="640" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-rqtK9euUbtY/X0rIcxM4fHI/AAAAAAAAIpM/SDFWToUnl2wOO_80zCweZVh0AT0d-eGYwCLcBGAsYHQ/w427-h640/2.jpg" title="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Kindergarten-Number-of-the-Day-Morning-Work-1423714?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" width="427" /></a></div><br /><div>You can find Number of the Day sets for <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Kindergarten-Number-of-the-Day-Morning-Work-1423714?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" target="_blank">kindergarten</a>, <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Digital-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-First-Grade-Bundle-1084852?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" target="_blank">first grade</a>, <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Second-Grade-Bundle-1423469?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" target="_blank">second grade</a> or <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-Sense-GOOGLE-SLIDES-Number-of-the-Day-Third-Grade-Bundle-4735382?utm_source=Balius%20Blog&utm_campaign=Comparing%20Numbers" target="_blank">third grade</a>. The first, second and third grade sets include both a printable and digital version. </div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save these ideas!</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board and save these ideas for teaching comparing numbers so you can use them in your classroom. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-74ow1lF5QVs/X0hrGs6hkWI/AAAAAAAAInU/LlfuNz0Hn506hOE0FlzfTKAoAjs24K4sgCLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/2.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="328" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-74ow1lF5QVs/X0hrGs6hkWI/AAAAAAAAInU/LlfuNz0Hn506hOE0FlzfTKAoAjs24K4sgCLcBGAsYHQ/w219-h328/2.jpg" width="219" /></a><span style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"></span><div class="separator" style="clear: both; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;"><br /></div></div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com3tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6429121846032429158.post-68358728050853374712020-07-19T23:35:00.000-05:002020-07-19T23:35:05.294-05:005 Ways to Represent Numbers that Our Students Must Know<br /><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div><div style="text-align: left;">An important part of having a good number sense foundation is knowing that numbers can be represented in a variety of ways. But it is also important for students to know that each of those different representations means the same thing. As students learn to see numbers in different ways, it helps them to expand their understanding of the number and what it means. It's easy for students to see what a number represents when dealing with small numbers like 5, 13 or even 37. But it's a lot harder for a student to count out a set of 1,359...and impossible when it comes to numbers like 3.42x<span style="font-family: "times new roman"; font-size: 12pt;">10</span><sup style="font-family: "times new roman";"><font size="1">18</font>.</sup> So, instead of relying on the ability to count and see what the number represents, we must give our students other tools to use. Here are five ways to represent numbers that our students must know.</div><div style="text-align: left;"><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CFgXIC62jZg/XxThbyFpJ4I/AAAAAAAAIeU/K8io2w4KkSIcTBvac5GXUjQ7X9MO7jj2QCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/represent%2Bnumbers%2Bblog%2Bheader.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="number representation and number sense" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" height="351" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-CFgXIC62jZg/XxThbyFpJ4I/AAAAAAAAIeU/K8io2w4KkSIcTBvac5GXUjQ7X9MO7jj2QCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h351/represent%2Bnumbers%2Bblog%2Bheader.jpg" title="5 ways to represent numbers" width="625" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">1. Standard Form</h2><div>This one might be obvious, but our students need to know how to write and read numbers in standard form. Standard form is writing numbers using digits, and in math we most often write numbers in standard form. Here are some examples of standard form: 138 and 3,297. As we teach our students how to write numbers in standard form, we should also teach them how to read numbers.</div><div><br /></div><div><b>Teaching Tip:</b> Did you know that it is incorrect to say "and" when you come to a comma? Many people would read this number (3,297) as three thousand and two hundred ninety-seven. But this is not correct, and if we teach this to our students, we are actually setting them up for misunderstandings in the future. You see, the word "and" should only be used when reading a number with a decimal. It should sound like this (3,297.5) three thousand, two hundred ninety-seven and five tenths. </div><div><br /></div><div>Standard form might be basic, but it's important as this is how most numbers our students interact with will be written. They should be able to properly write and read numbers in standard form. A fun way to practice this is with number cards. Give each student a set of number cards and include a comma if needed. Then say a number and have the students build it with the card. After everyone is done, have them say the number back to you. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-jlqS7_3a5iQ/XxTdL4ABBZI/AAAAAAAAIeA/xvLHtO9MjfsSeBufQLpfZbA4VUPNJ9ySQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/1.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="building numbers with number tiles to show standard form" border="0" data-original-height="1327" data-original-width="2000" height="331" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-jlqS7_3a5iQ/XxTdL4ABBZI/AAAAAAAAIeA/xvLHtO9MjfsSeBufQLpfZbA4VUPNJ9ySQCLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h331/1.jpg" title="standard number form" width="500" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">2. Word Form</h2><div>The second most common way that students will see numbers in their life is word form. It is important for students to know that 'thirty-five' and 35 mean the same thing. It is also important for students to know how to correctly write numbers. Don't forget the important hyphen starting at number 21!</div><div><br /></div><div>Play Number Show and Tell. Give each student a white board and dry erase marker. Say a number or write the standard form of the number on the board. Students will write the number in word form. When you say "SHOW" students will hold up their white boards so you can see them. When you say "TELL" students will say the number. This is a great way to practice both word form and standard form.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-IgRE-L6swJc/XxTc6B6MqYI/AAAAAAAAId0/KI9UA-2XwCgJpeqNHPzR-ICLAppR1Wa2wCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="student shows number in standard form and word form" border="0" data-original-height="1327" data-original-width="2000" height="331" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-IgRE-L6swJc/XxTc6B6MqYI/AAAAAAAAId0/KI9UA-2XwCgJpeqNHPzR-ICLAppR1Wa2wCLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h331/2.jpg" title="word form number representation" width="500" /></a></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">3. Place Value Chart</h2><div>Another important way to represent numbers is inside a place value chart. It is important for students to develop the understanding that the digit '4' does not always mean the same thing. In fact, where that digit is placed inside the number is very important. A place value chart is a very helpful tool for seeing and understanding this.</div><div><br /></div><div>For primary age students, or any students that are adding a new column to the place value chart, it is very helpful to practice saying what each digit in a number represents. Here's an example:</div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2G6xU_R47j8/XxTDKd8B_wI/AAAAAAAAIdU/GnTrSHb9hS0iAzTfIDhngce0hyWtbk54ACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Slide1.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="place value chart for representing numbers" border="0" data-original-height="2048" data-original-width="2048" height="500" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-2G6xU_R47j8/XxTDKd8B_wI/AAAAAAAAIdU/GnTrSHb9hS0iAzTfIDhngce0hyWtbk54ACLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h500/Slide1.jpg" title="place value representation" width="500" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>Students should learn to identify this number by its standard form "two hundred sixty-eight," but also by place value: "2 hundreds, 6 tens, and 8 ones." By learning to do both, we are helping students to make connections between the different number forms.</div><div><br /></div><h2 style="text-align: left;">4. Expanded Form</h2><div>After students are comfortable with the place value chart and what it means, teaching students about numbers in expanded form is the logical next step. I love introducing expanded form to my students because we get up and get a little active. I have students stand up and say this with me: "Expanded form is when I stretch out a number using addition." Then we add some motions. For the words "expanded form,” students clap their hands and hold them together in front of them. Then, as we say "is when we stretch out a number" student stretch their arms straight out sideways. Finally, we bring our arms in front of us and cross them like a plus sign as we say "using addition." After repeating this a couple of times I stop doing it and simply ask, "What is expanded form?" The kids love showing me that they know the definition and their movements. Then for the next few days, and periodically throughout the year I was ask "What is expanded form?" and they know just what to do!</div><div><br /></div><div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E3R-sOHILuw/XxTH2CCuauI/AAAAAAAAIdg/Oe9PUI_E12Ua6EBvOH8bCbpENuGDyPMcgCLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Depositphotos_91671934_xl-2015.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="kinesthetic math activity" border="0" data-original-height="1367" data-original-width="2048" height="419" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-E3R-sOHILuw/XxTH2CCuauI/AAAAAAAAIdg/Oe9PUI_E12Ua6EBvOH8bCbpENuGDyPMcgCLcBGAsYHQ/w625-h419/Depositphotos_91671934_xl-2015.jpg" title="interactive class activity for expanded form" width="625" /></a></div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div>After we learn what expanded form is, then we learn how to write it with numbers. I take the place value chart and add some plus signs to the bottom of it. Then I add a number and we start our normal routine of saying the number that is written in the chart—first in standard form, then according to its place value.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yqU67QeFqK8/XxTIXqAuu3I/AAAAAAAAIdo/3jRTJQ8grmcDAdravi_l4v0s_5Qb5wPAACLcBGAsYHQ/s2048/Slide2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="using place value to teach expanded form" border="0" data-original-height="2048" data-original-width="2048" height="500" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yqU67QeFqK8/XxTIXqAuu3I/AAAAAAAAIdo/3jRTJQ8grmcDAdravi_l4v0s_5Qb5wPAACLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h500/Slide2.jpg" title="expanded form and a place value chart" width="500" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>This time, as we say the number with its place value I stop the class after each digit. I might get a little melodramatic and say something like, "What did you say?" or "Did you say that this number has 4 hundreds?" When they answer again, I model how we would write that at the bottom of the chart in a form. </div><div><br /></div><div>This is a very concrete way for students to connect place value to expanded form. As students get older and have experience with skip counting, I also like to connect expanded form with some skip counting practice. I might say something like "This number has 4 hundreds. Let's count by 100 four times." </div><div><br /></div><div>We would write it into our expanded form and then do the same with the next digit.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">5. Pictorial or Object Representation</h2><div>The final way that I teach my students to represent numbers is with a picture or objects. In kindergarten and first grade we do a lot of using real objects and counting them into sets. But as students get older, this becomes more difficult. One way to help with this is the use of place value blocks. These blocks are a great way to connect their knowledge of place value to a physical representation of the number. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-agwc_qtqUFQ/XxTdpD68lgI/AAAAAAAAIeI/qDfBNme1D5AR1VFtz-tJesKnT1ndlVqtwCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/4.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="counting blocks or objects to show number meaning" border="0" data-original-height="1327" data-original-width="2000" height="331" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-agwc_qtqUFQ/XxTdpD68lgI/AAAAAAAAIeI/qDfBNme1D5AR1VFtz-tJesKnT1ndlVqtwCLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h331/4.jpg" title="place value blocks" width="500" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>The problem is that you often don't get enough blocks in a set to represent numbers higher than 2 or 3 thousand. Pictures to the rescue! I love to teach my students to draw a picture to represent the number. Not only does this take a lot less space and having blocks and manipulatives on hand is not necessary, but it is a great problem-solving technique too.</div><div><br /></div><div>I teach my students how to use a small square as a 1, a long rectangle as a 10 rod, a large square as 100, and a cube as 1,000. They love learning to draw a cube! They will not only use these pictures to represent numbers but there is a very high rate of carry-over when solving word problems too. </div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-A-19q00pbV0/XxTdEgdpTcI/AAAAAAAAId4/9FEJct_AsOgRBjJPL6QK_euKWyr1zJUNQCLcBGAsYHQ/s2000/3.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="drawing pictures is a good way to represent numbers" border="0" data-original-height="1327" data-original-width="2000" height="331" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-A-19q00pbV0/XxTdEgdpTcI/AAAAAAAAId4/9FEJct_AsOgRBjJPL6QK_euKWyr1zJUNQCLcBGAsYHQ/w500-h331/3.jpg" title="pictorial number representation" width="500" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div>There are more ways to represent numbers than just drawing place value blocks. Students can see a pictorial representation of numbers through tally marks, ten frames, or even drawing a set of objects. When students can make a pictorial representation of the number then you know they are well on their way to mastering what the number stands for.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Practice Everyday</h2><div>While introducing and teaching each of these number representations takes a lesson or two, students need more than this to practice and master these number representations. That's why I love <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/Number-of-the-Day-34403" target="_blank">Number of the Day</a> as a daily math number sense activity. In just a few minutes a day, students get lots of practice—not only with number representations, but also with a variety of key number sense skills.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/Number-of-the-Day-34403" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank"><img alt="Use number of the day to practice representing numbers in different ways" border="0" data-original-height="788" data-original-width="940" height="524" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Rsglj7xXoNg/XwjKEE4kpBI/AAAAAAAAIag/jqtCixYHhMc_8IuBv677-G9HpzMVhNkcgCPcBGAYYCw/w625-h524/number%2Bof%2Bthe%2Bday%2Bexamples.jpg" title="Number of the Day Examples" width="625" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div>You can see that on one Number of the Day activity page, students are working number representations in multiple ways. Through the course of a week, they will work on all these important number representations. </div><div><br /></div><div>Want to learn more about <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Mrs-Balius/Category/Number-of-the-Day-34403">Number of the Day</a> and how you can use it with your students? <a href="http://www.mrsbalius.com/2020/07/number-of-the-day.html" target="_blank">Check out this blog post</a> for the ins and outs of this amazing daily math activity.</div><h2 style="text-align: left;">Save it for later</h2><div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so that you can quickly come back and find these number representations tips and ideas to use in your classroom.</div><div><br /></div><div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-1hw0mgzf92I/XxThtobKttI/AAAAAAAAIec/5m1SmyLrfD0Py26A-vx_81Hkj96WJlkrACLcBGAsYHQ/s1500/represent%2Bnumbers%2Bpin.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img alt="Teaching your students how to represent numbers in different ways is important to developing a good number sense foundation. This post goes over 5 different ways to represent numbers that your students must know." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-1hw0mgzf92I/XxThtobKttI/AAAAAAAAIec/5m1SmyLrfD0Py26A-vx_81Hkj96WJlkrACLcBGAsYHQ/w213-h320/represent%2Bnumbers%2Bpin.jpg" title="5 Ways to Represent Numbers" width="213" /></a></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div><br /></div><div style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s1600/Signature.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img border="0" height="57" src="https://2.bp.blogspot.com/-e3xqARS2I7A/WWyhBd32xJI/AAAAAAAAC3Q/wZz6wK1l75QwmyPZy0-FueDRMBV0lqrxQCK4BGAYYCw/s320/Signature.png" width="320" /></a></div></div>Unknownnoreply@blogger.com2